This is only a preview of the June 2004 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 17 of the 96 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Items relevant to "Dr Video Mk.2: An Even Better Video Stabiliser":
Items relevant to "An RFID Security Module":
Items relevant to "Fridge-Door Open Alarm":
Items relevant to "Courtesy Light Delay For Cars":
Items relevant to "Upgraded Software For The EPROM Programmer":
Purchase a printed copy of this issue for $10.00. |
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.jaycar.com.au
Contents
Vol.17, No.6; June 2004
www.siliconchip.com.au
FEATURES
8 Instrument Landing Systems: How They Work
How do commercial aircraft find the right landing point on the right runway
in all sorts of weather? – by Daniel Field
18 Review: Microsoft Flight Simulator 2004
Want to learn to fly? You don’t have to leave the ground and you can fly lots
of different aircraft – by Ross Tester
35 Review: Encarta 2004 Multimedia Encyclopaedia
Latest offering from Microsoft packs more than an equivalent 60-volume printed
set onto a single DVD (or four CDs)!
76 How Much Power Are Your Appliances Using?
Want to check the power consumption of your appliances? Power-Mate makes
it easy and you can check lots of other things as well – by Peter Smith
Dr Video Mk.2 –
Page 24.
RFID Security
Module – Page 38.
PROJECTS TO BUILD
24 Dr Video Mk.2: An Even Better Video Stabiliser
Clean up those copy protection “nasties” and get a rock-solid picture from your
DVD player or VCR – by Jim Rowe
38 An RFID Security Module
No more codes and no more keys; just wave a key tag to open doors and
control security systems – by Peter Smith
59 Fridge-Door Open Alarm
It beeps if the fridge door is left open for too long or hasn’t closed properly, to
stop food from spoiling. There are lots of other uses as well – by John Clarke
71 Courtesy Light Delay For Cars
Simple circuit has an adjustable delay from 7-40s and fades the lights out at the
end of the delay period. And the same circuit suits all cars – by John Clarke
77 Automating PC Power-Up
Tired of pressing the power switch to boot your PC after mains power has been
applied? This simple modification does the job for you – by Peter Smith
82 Upgraded Software For The EPROM Programmer
It fixes the bugs and can be downloaded from our website – by Jim Rowe
SPECIAL COLUMNS
54 Serviceman’s Log
TV sets that buzz and hum – by the TV Serviceman
64 Circuit Notebook
Fridge Alarm – Page 59.
(1) Voice Bandwidth Filter; (2) Fluoro Ballast; (3) Surveillance Camera Recorder;
(4) Experimental Pendulum Clock; (5) Handy Time Delay With Relay Output
84 Vintage Radio
Restoration tips and techniques – by Rodney Champness
DEPARTMENTS
2
4
53
79
81
Publisher’s Letter
Mailbag
Order Form
Product Showcase
Silicon Chip Weblink
siliconchip.com.au
90
92
93
96
Ask Silicon Chip
Notes & Errata
Market Centre
Ad Index
Courtesy Light
Delay – Page 71.
June 2004 1
PUBLISHER’S LETTER
www.siliconchip.com.au
Publisher & Editor-in-Chief
Leo Simpson, B.Bus., FAICD
Production Manager
Greg Swain, B.Sc.(Hons.)
Technical Staff
John Clarke, B.E.(Elec.)
Peter Smith
Ross Tester
Jim Rowe, B.A., B.Sc, VK2ZLO
Reader Services
Ann Jenkinson
Advertising Enquiries
Leo Simpson
Phone (02) 9979 5644
Fax (02) 9979 6503
Regular Contributors
Brendan Akhurst
Rodney Champness, VK3UG
Julian Edgar, Dip.T.(Sec.), B.Ed
Mike Sheriff, B.Sc, VK2YFK
Stan Swan
SILICON CHIP is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Pty Ltd. ACN 003 205 490. ABN 49
003 205 490 All material copyright
©. No part of this publication may
be reproduced without the written
consent of the publisher.
Printing: Hannanprint, Noble Park,
Victoria.
Distribution: Network Distribution
Company.
Subscription rates: $76.00 per
year in Australia. For overseas
rates, see the subscription page in
this issue.
Macrovision on DVDs is not
“Merchantable Quality”
This month we are presenting a new version
of our very popular Dr Video project which was
originally featured in the April 2001 issue. The
original version proved very effective at removing that bane of many DVD users – Macrovision
copy protection signals. But, copy protection is a
moving target and Macrovision has since become
even more devious and it must be said, even more
difficult for ordinary TV sets to work with.
So we have produced the Mk.II version of the
Dr Video circuit. It works very well in removing Macrovision signals so that
all DVDs can once again be watched on normal TV sets and video projectors. Perhaps you have a late-model TV set that does not have a problem
when you’re watching DVDs. Then you are fortunate. But if you have a set
more than a couple of years old or one of the large-screen TVs that display
the picture at 100 fields per second (100Hz) to reduce flicker (or a video
projector that performs line and pixel doubling to improve picture clarity),
that can be a different matter entirely. Macrovision plays merry hell with
them, to the extent that the picture can be unwatchable.
If you have one of these sets or projectors, the only way to get a steady
picture is to somehow remove these extraneous pulses. The idea is to ‘clean
up’ the video signal and let the TV set’s internal sync circuitry do its normal job without interference. That’s exactly what our Dr Video project is
designed to do.
Note that we are not suggesting that you use Dr Video to enable you to
make copies of DVDs. In fact, there are other ways around it. Nor do we
think that very many DVDs are being copied – most people just couldn’t
be bothered. What we are doing is presenting a way to make DVDs work
with normal TVs.
But is this the correct remedy for what is effectively a faulty product?
Absolutely not. Why should anyone need to build or buy a device to remove
Macrovision signals so you can watch a movie that you have legitimately
purchased? This proposition is ludicrous but that is what has happened.
What consumers should do is to return all such DVDs to the place where
they purchased them and ask for their money back. After all, if a DVD cannot be watched it is not “merchantable quality” and not suitable for sale.
If enough consumers did return these “faulty” DVDs, Macrovision would
soon be a thing of the past.
Leo Simpson
Editorial & advertising offices:
Unit 8, 101 Darley St,
Mona Vale, NSW 2103.
Postal address: PO Box 139,
Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
Phone (02) 9979 5644.
Fax (02) 9979 6503.
E-mail: silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
ISSN 1030-2662
* Recommended and maximum price only.
2 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
It’s the end of
the financial
year!
TV on your Monitor
Just connect the box in
series between the computer
and the monitor. You can
watch TV without turning on
the PC or you can watch TV
in a window while working
on your PC.
Cat. 3525-7
$239
(Spend it before
the tax man cometh!)
Bluetooth GPS
PCI Watchdog
If your application program
locks up, this card will apply
a hardware reset to the
computer after a selectable
period.
Cat. 17070-7 $299
CF to IDE Adapter
A small adapter that allows
a CF card to be plugged
straight into an IDE port on
your motherboard.
Cat. 6771-7
$45
3.3v Printer Card
An ECP/EPP/SPP printer card
using the PCI BUS for 3.3 Volt
systems.
Cat. 2871-7
$169
Eprom
Eraser
Combining good
performance and low cost,
this EPROM eraser accommodates 4
devices and up to 40 pin packages.
Cat. 3104-7
$258
Turn your PDA,
Smartphone or laptop
into a GPS
This GPS is perfect for mobile users.
It has a bluetooth connection and
works with any bluetooth enabled
device that can use GPS software.
The unit has a rechargeable Lithium
battery that lasts up to 8 hours.
Cat. 11433-7
$469
RFID Reader/Controller
Fast POS
Thermal Printer
A very fast thermal printer that literally churns
out the receipt at 180 mm/s or 60 lps.
Cat. 9178-7
$799
This is an integrated
RFID Controller,
proximity cardreader
and door lock driver.
There is also
provision for an
alarm loop and a
push button
connection.
Cat. 1008081-7 $349
Low Profile USB 2.0 Card
USB
Gameport
Adapter
Provides 2 external and 1 internal
USB 2.0 port.
Cat. 2866-7
$59
Use your favorite game controller, joy
stick, etc through your USB port.
Cat. 9152-7
$69
15" LCD Terminal
2 way KVM with sound
Front Access Video Editing
Allows one keyboard, monitor and mouse
to control 2 PCs. Switches the sound as
well as the KVM. Includes 1.2m cables.
Cat. 11669-7
$139
This great capture card comes with a front
access bay for easy access. Captures
analogue and digital signals.
Cat. 23027-7
$399
This innovative unit is a 15" LCD monitor
with a Windows Based Terminal built into
it. A great look and a great space saving
solution.
Cat. 1215-7
$1699
PC Share Switch
2.5" HDD External Case
This intelligent switch allows two sets of
keyboard/monitor/mouse to control one PC.
Cat. 11667-7
$139
Turn you laptop HDD into a portable drive
with this USB 2.0 external case.
Cat. 6710-7
$129
2.2Gb Compact Flash Drive
This Type II Compact Flash drive can hold
up to 2.2Gb making it a great storage
solution for many portable devices.
Cat. 6793-7
$459
Laser Barcode Scanner
This stylish handheld laser scanner, has a
great look at a great price.
Cat. 1008039-7
$399
Video Chat Kit
This kit comes complete with USB
web-cam/microphone, headphones and
software.
Cat. 3541-7 $149
Thin Client Terminals! We’ve got them for Serial, Ethernet, Windows Based and Linux applications
MicroGram Computers
Ph: (02) 4389 8444 FreeFax: 1800 625 777
Vamtest Pty Ltd trading as MicroGram Computers ABN 60 003 062 100,
info<at>mgram.com.au
1/14 Bon Mace Close, Berkeley Vale NSW 2261
All prices subject to change without notice. For current pricing visit our website. Pictures are indicative only.
See all these products & more on our website...www.mgram.com.au
SHOREAD/MGRM0604
Dealer inquiries
welcome
MAILBAG
Valve electronics
never reached the peak
I believe recent discussion about
valve amplifiers has been missing
several points. Valve technology has
never been fully developed and your
recent design of a valve preamplifier is
a good example of how modern circuit
design can be used with valves.
Just imagine how far valve design
could have been developed if the transistor was not discovered for several
more decades. I don’t believe valves
were at the peak of their design life
when the transistor came in.
Electronics was just starting and its
growth in complexity still could have
happened with valves as its active
component. The engineers of that time
would have loved to have the cheapness of components, the technology
to manufacture small and complex
devices that we have now and the test
equipment and the Spice programs we
have to work with.
Valves and transistors both have
their good and bad points and should
be used to their best advantage.
Grahame Macpherson,
Redcliffe, Qld.
NOAA satellite receiver
is excellent
Jim Rowe’s articles on receiving
NOAA weather satellites in the December 2003 and January 2004 issues
are superb and have come at a good
time for me. I had been considering assembling economical NOAA
weather satellite receiving stations
for use in schools but the big sticking
point has been an economical suitable
wide-bandwidth FM receiver. Jim’s
economical kitset receiver has filled
the gap.
On the subject of suitable software
to run a NOAA APT weather satellite
receiving station, may I also mention
a superb computer program which
was absent from Jim’s comprehensive
list in his first article. That program is
“WXtoImg” which I currently use and
which I believe is so exceptionally
good that it rates a special mention.
WXtoImg has many clever features,
including automatic Web page crea4 Silicon Chip
tion and upload, optional precision
computer clock timekeeping via GPS
receiver, and automatic Keplerian
element updating. Also WXtoImg
displays APT weather images as they
are being received, which gives an illusion of actually flying with the NOAA
spacecraft and looking down on Earth;
quite exciting stuff for a school kid
(and big kids!).
Any basic Pentium computer, combined with Jim’s receiver and antenna
and running WXtoImg would make a
very slick little educational or home
receiving system. A well-featured version of WXtoImg may be downloaded
as freeware from http://www.wxtoimg.
com/
Andre Phillips, VK2AAP/ZL3AW,
Coonabarabran, NSW.
Dual supplies not a big factor
in amplifier performance
I rather liked the concept of the
dual power supply in the Ultra-LD
amplifier design (SILICON CHIP, March
& May 2000, November & December
2001, January 2002). That is, having a
separate regulated supply for the frontend voltage gain stages and a conventional high power/current supply for
the driver and output stages. I imagine
that this configuration results in near
perfect CMRR figures which remain
constant even at loud levels.
I would like to know how much this
contributes to the high performance
specs of this amplifier – and if this
could be adapted to other designs
on the basis that this would improve
the specs of these also; including the
SC480 and now the Studio 350? Do
you think that there would be any
advantage in doing this?
Grant Saxton,
Cambridge, New Zealand.
Comment: while the separate power
supplies do offer a useful improvement
in performance, it is not a major factor.
Where they do help is in providing a
higher signal voltage from the driver
stages before the amplifier runs into
clipping. This is why the Ultra-LD has
such an abrupt transition from low
distortion into clipping, as compared
with the more gentle transition with
the SC480 and Studio 350 designs.
By far the most important factor
in the low distortion of the latter two
amplifiers has been the PC board layout. We now think that if we applied
the same PC board strategy to the
Ultra-LD, the performance would be
even better. Would the separate power
supply rails produce a big improvement in the SC480 and Studio 350?
Probably not.
Human-power LED torch
variant needs no rectifier
Here is an idea for another variant
of the human-powered LED torch
presented in the February 2004 issue.
During my initial testing of this great
idea, I found that unless the stepper
motor was turning fast enough, nothing happened. This is due, I believe,
to having to overcome the forward
bias voltage drop of two diodes (1.2V).
It occurred to me that this is a waste
of output, so two pairs of LEDs were
connected directly to the motor as
inverse-paralleled pairs.
The result of this is quite dramatic.
The slightest turn of the shaft produces
very bright, although flickering light.
Of course, the flickering smooths out
if you turn fast enough. The motors
we initially used are quite small; with
large ones, the output is awesome!
This application would be ideal
for installation on bicycles, etc, since
the objective is maximum light for
minimum weight. The fact that there is
always one LED conducting prevents
any possibility of excessive reverse
bias, although I have not measured the
no-load output. Also, there appears to
be a different output sequence depending on the rotational direction.
Plugging the LEDs into the connecsiliconchip.com.au
tor on the motor cable, in a square
arrangement of inverse-parallel pairs,
the sequence is diagonally opposite
pairs flash together while in the opposite direction, adjacent pairs flash.
I have observed this with two different motors. There are probably applications for this such as directional
sensing.
Geoff Hahn,
via email.
Of valves and brakes
Thank you for the article on antilock braking in the February 2004
issue. I recently did an advanced
driver’s course and most of the cars
had ABS. Mine didn’t. At the start of
the day I was able to out-brake and
out-corner most of those using ABS.
Sure it doesn’t take much to learn the
basics, and once they were shown the
importance of seating position and
brake pedal use, they outmanoeuvred
me with little problem. But it does
raise the question of how many people
receive the correct instruction in ABS
use at the time of purchase.
I love the arguments about valves.
I do not own a valve amplifier. I tried
a few under the $5000 mark but they
did not set me alight, however my CD
player does have a valve output stage.
Specifications can be misleading
and lots of preceding zeros in the distortion figures are not necessarily an
indication of sound dynamics. I sold
a well-known transistor based amplifier with distortion figures of around
.002% at 170W and replaced it with
a 70W amplifier with distortion of
0.12%. Yet there is a vast difference in
what my ears hear. AND shock horror,
it has zero negative feedback.
Andy Lee,
Motueka, New Zealand.
Comment: it is safe to say that, in
Australia at least, no-one is instructed
about a car’s features at purchase and
certainly not the best way to use the
ABS.
Exciting time for
DIY loudspeakers
Now is an exciting time for do-ityourself loudspeaker construction as
many important developments and
notable names exist now. For decades
the weakest part of the hifi system has
been the loudspeaker. By the early
siliconchip.com.au
1980s sealed and especially ported
manufactured loudspeakers have been
accurately and scientifically designed
using parameters from the work of
Thiele & Small.
In addition to properly designed
boxes, current drivers can be really
quite good and need not easily be the
weakest link. For example, Seas Excel
range of mid/woofers offer a claimed
THD of 0.1-0.3%, a remarkable and
also figure (see www.seas.no).
It is an exciting era as information can be directly and personally
retrieved from the internet. One outstanding source from the web, for
example, the DIY Loudspeaker Designer’s Selection Guide (LDSG) lists
all recommended drivers (see http://
ldsg.snippets.org), as well as web retailers such as (www.madisound.com)
and (www.e-speakers.com).
For excellent value for Peerless or
Vifa drivers and cheaper varieties one
can’t go past the Australian (www.
wescomponents.com). E-speakers
and LDSG are good to refer to ribbon
tweeters, another exciting development due to cheaper production
of rare earth magnets and fidelity
demands of DVD-audio and SA-CD.
Philips now market a consumer DVD
surround system featuring their own
leaf ribbon tweeters.
The web also allows downloading of
great freeware to design boxes to one’s
desire using Thiele-Small parameters
(eg, see winISDbeta on www.linearteam.dk).
For ease in building speaker cabinets there are hardware items like
the very useful Jasper Jig for routing
perfectly round holes and recesses (see
soundlabsgroup.com.au/jasperaudio/
index.htm). I recommend buying a
router with exchangeable 1/4 and 1/2inch chucks, and perusing a router bit
catalog (see www.carbitool.com.au).
The hobbyist’s effort in either building a budget or a world-class speaker
system is practically the same, as is the
cost of tools used and the timber which
will more often than not be MDF. By
spending hundreds, the hobbyist can
build something of only better value
than something in the shop. By spending a few thousand, however, the hobbyist can build a world-class system,
giving many years of fine listening,
and giving a system that would be
Atmel’s AVR, from
JED in Australia
JED has designed a range of
single board computers and
modules as a way of using the
AVR without SMT board design
The AVR570 module (above) is a way of
using an ATmega128 CPU on a user base
board without having to lay out the intricate,
surface-mounted surrounds of the CPU, and
then having to manufacture your board on
an SMT robot line. Instead you simply layout
a square for four 0.1” spaced socket strips
and plug in our pre-tested module. The
module has the crystal, resetter, AVR-ISP
programming header (and an optional JTAG
ICE pad), as well as progamming signal
switching. For a little extra, we load a DS1305
RTC, crystal and Li battery underneath,
which uses SPI and port G.
See JED’s www site for a datasheet.
AVR573 Single Board Computer
This board uses the AVR570 module and
adds 20 An./Dig. inputs, 12 FET outputs,
LCD/Kbd, 2xRS232, 1xRS485, 1-Wire,
power reg. etc. See www.jedmicro.com.
au/avr.htm
$330 PC-PROM Programmer
This programmer plugs into a PC printer
port and reads, writes and edits any 28 or
32-pin PROM. Comes with plug-pack, cable
and software.
Also available is a multi-PROM UV eraser
with timer, and a 32/32 PLCC converter.
JED Microprocessors Pty Ltd
173 Boronia Rd, Boronia, Victoria, 3155
Ph. 03 9762 3588, Fax 03 9762 5499
www.jedmicro.com.au
June 2004 5
Mailbag: continued
many times more expensive if sourced
commercially.
Sadly, this second choice has not
been an option from the offerings of
electronic magazines. This is a pity.
One aspect of speaker building which
has not been covered, is the crossover.
These are quite tricky for the novice to
design and the quality of the passive
components in the crossover can be
detrimental to the sound, especially
for modern high definition drivers and
amplifiers, etc.
This problem can be completely
sidestepped by using active cross
overs and multiple amplifiers customdesigned for each speaker box. This
will actually give the greatest sound
quality and is perfectly matched for
the realm of electronic enthusiasts.
However, active systems dictate an
expensive project not suited for budget
drivers. Thus a complete feature for
an active system, using the classiest
drivers has not been featured in magazines, which have robbed enthusiasts
of a class project, despite the classiest
amplifier modules and active cross
overs being published.
Perhaps the latest & greatest exciting development is a resonant free
speaker frame which is boxless and
(necessarily) active to give the highest available fidelity without outrageous costs – a perfect project for the
electronic audiophile enthusiast (see
www.linkwitzlab.com). The credentials for such a design comes ironically from one of the developers of
commonly used passive crossover
design theory. I predict that this active
open-baffle system could be, or should
be, the future for home audiophile
enthusiasts with electronic skills.
Would it be suitable for SILICON CHIP
to bring together past articles with fine
drivers (eg, Seas) for a fully-featured
active speaker system and also perhaps
flirt with a Linkwitz-style active openbaffle non-resonant system?
Paul R. Rohde,
via email.
Comment: the major reason why
do-it-yourself speaker systems with
such elevated prices have not been
described is that they are far beyond
the budgets of most readers.
6 Silicon Chip
Making PC boards with
transparency film
I use a different technique to that
described in your April 2004 issue
on circuit board preparation and this
yields much better precision then the
“iron on” method.
I use a 600 dpi laser printer together
with Hewlett Packard LaserJet monochrome transparency film (available
from the larger stationery suppliers
like OfficeWorks). When I set up the
printer out of Autotrax, I use the “mirror” setting which puts the image on
the film in reverse – this will be explained later. I also use the pre-coated
positive-acting laminate from Kalex
together with their liquid developer.
This system, although photographic,
can be used in subdued light, so there
is no need for a darkroom.
When the transparency is ready, the
protective membrane is peeled off the
circuit board and the transparency is
then laid face down (image towards the
board) on the pre-sensitised surface of
the board. With the image printed in
reverse, the image will now appear
“right way around” on the board.
The board is then exposed through
the film in a light frame (with four
20W UV fluorescent tubes) for about
90 seconds. This time will need to
be determined experimentally using
scraps of circuit board and depends
on the light frame configuration.
Once exposed, the transparency
is separated from the board and the
board then developed in the solution
supplied by Kalex. When the image is
fully developed, the board is washed
off in hot water and then etched as in
your article. I prefer to use ammonium
persulphate (even though it must be
heated) because I find the ammonium
much cleaner and more pleasant to use
– besides I get into far less trouble from
“she who must be obeyed” about stains
in the laundry and on my clothes!
The image obtained by this method
is very sharp and very well defined. I
can use tracks down to 10 mil with
confidence and making a double-sided
board is basically just as easy. You just
produce the two sets of artwork (both
sides), carefully align them, lay them
up together and slip the circuit board
in between using adhesive tape to
secure the board to the film so that it
won’t move when you turn it over to
expose the second side.
The secret to this method is that you
cannot use “just any old transparency
film”; it has to be “good” (read, a little more expensive) and be capable of
producing a good solid black image,
such as the HP film. Once set up, I can
produce a double-sided circuit board
in about 10 minutes from printer to
etched board and be confident about
the finished product every time.
Jeff Thomas,
via email.
Comment: we described this method
in detail in March 2001, although we
suggested that “... the density (of transparency film) isn’t quite good enough
for PC board making”. Guess it is, if
you have the right film & printer!
EGO sensor as kiln monitor
Pages 64-65 of the April 2004 issue
have a truly excellent description of
the operation of an EGO oxygen sensor. I am a potter with a science degree
background and a long-time reader of
SILICON CHIP.
About 18 months ago, I spent time
devising an instrument for measuring
the degree of reduction or oxidation in
the atmosphere of a gas-fired kiln, making use of an EGO sensor mounted at
the kiln flue. This was written up as an
article featured in the American pottery magazine “Ceramics Monthly”,
in their March 2003 issue, under the
name “Kiln Exhaust Sniffer”. This
was later included in the “must read”
pages of their website. The URL is
http://www.ceramicsmonthly.org/
mustreads/sniffer.asp
Disappointingly, in their editorial
wisdom they didn’t include the graphs
of EGO readings at various stages in a
kiln firing, showing how the millivolt
output from the salvaged EGO sensor
($5) compared with that from a commercial oxygen probe ($800) but the
whole idea came out plainly enough.
Roger Graham,
Pottery at Old Toolijooa School,
Toolijooa, NSW.
Comment: The EGO description was
part of the article entitled “A Smart
Mixture Display For Your Car”. Readers can access the article on-line at
www.siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
:( 12: +$9( $1 21/,1( :$5(+286( &/($5$1&( 6$/(
LWHPV EHORZ PXVW EH FOHDUHG WR PDNH VSDFH LQ RXU ZDUHKRXVH
6+23 :,7+ $0$=,1* 7KH
IRU QHZ SURGXFWV DQG DUH DYDLODEOH LQ OLPLWHG TXDQWLWLHV RQO\
%$5*$,16 )25 -867 &/ 1(: 201, &/ &$// =& 8+) 5(027( &21752/
0(025< 7(/(3+21(
(/(&75,& %,.(66&227(56 6&5((1(5
&/ 1HZ LQ RULJLQDO
6& (/(&75,& 6&227(5
8QOLNH VRPH RWKHUV WKHVH KDYH
$XVWUDOLDQ DSSURYDOV LQF&
/
7,&. 6& 7KLV SRUWDEOH
&,$
(
3
OLJKW ZHLJKW VFRRWHU IROGV XS IRU 6
:
1( &(
HDV\ FDUU\LQJ
VWRUDJH
,
5
)HDWXUHV LQFOXGH YDULDEOH
3
VSHHG FRQWURO KDQG OHYHU VW\OH
EUDNH %UDNH WKURWWOH FDQ EH
VZDSSHG IURP VLGH WR VLGH
7HOHVFRSLF KDQGOHEDUV &RPSOHWH ZLWK PDLQV FKDUJHU
EDWWHULHV 6SHHG NPK 0RWRU : %DWWHU\ 9 [
$ 5DQJH aNP *: NJV 1: NJV 0HDV
; GHFN [ PP 127( 7KHVH VFRRWHUV DUH
QRW WR\V
VKRXOG RQO\ EH XVHG XQGHU FRPSHWHQW
VXSHUYLVLRQ RQO\ ZKHUH DOORZHG E\ ORFDO DXWKRULWLHV
(/(&75,&
%,.(
6& (/(&75,& %,.(
,$/
(&
3
6 (:
1 &(
,
35
7KLV LV DQ H[FHOOHQW HOHFWULF
ELNH ZLWK D UREXVW GHVLJQ
JRRG SRZHU &RPHV ZLWK ;
YROW EDWWHULHV ZDWW PRWRU
FUXLVHV DW NPK IRU
DSSUR[LPDWHO\ NP )HDWXUHV
LQF YDULDEOH VSHHG DGMXVWDEOH
KDQGOHEDUV
VHDW OLJKWV
LQIODWDEOH ZKHHOV VLGH VWDQG
KHOPHW ER[
PRUH ,W FRPHV FRPSOHWH ZLWK FKDUJHU
8QOLNH VRPH WKHVH KDYH $XVWUDOLDQ HOHFWULFDO DSSURYDOV
LQF &7,&. 6SHHG NPK 0RWRU : %DWWHU\
9 $+ 5DQJH aNP *: .*6 1: NJV
SDFNDJLQJ 'LVSOD\V
FDOOHU V QDPH QXPEHU
WLPH GDWH )HDWXUHV LQF
/DUJH OLQH /&' ZLWK
FRQWUDVW FRQWURO &DOOHU
,' 0HPRULHV 1HZ &DOO
,QGLFDWRU %DWWHU\ /RZ
,QGLFDWRU PHPRULHV
9ROXPH ERRVW FRQWURO
5HFDOO &DOO ZDLWLQJ
FRPSDWLEOH +HDULQJ DLG
FRPSDWLEOH :DOO
PRXQWDEOH DQG PXFK
PRUH ,QFOXGHV WHOHSKRQH
FRUGSOXJ XVHU PDQXDO
0$& *($5(' $& 02725
1HZ YHU\ VWURQJ VPDOO
PLFURZDYH WXUQWDEOH
JHDUHG PRWRU
9$ & + ]
: 530 PP
[ PP KLJK PP
6KDIW
6223(5 61223(5 3$55$%2/,&
0,&523+21( 67(7+26&23(
7KLV DPD]LQJ SDUDEROLF PLFURSKRQH FDQ OLVWHQ LQ RQ DOO
VRUWV RI WKLQJV IURP D GLVWDQFH ,W FDQ EH XVHG WR OLVWHQ WR
ZKLWH $QWV ,W LV DOVR LGHDO IRU GHWHFWLQJ HQJLQH NQRFNV
DQG ZRUQ EHDULQJV HWF .LW LQF 3&% DOO RQERDUG
FRPSRQHQWV VWHWKRVFRSH
SLFNXS HOHFWUHW 0LFURSKRQH
/&' 3$1(/ 0(7(5
0D[LPXP LQSXW P90D[LPXP GLVSOD\ .,7 . PP
FRXQWV DXWR SRODULW\ LQG,QSXW LPSHGDQFH ! 0 $OXPLQLXP 3DUDEROLF
RKP$FFXUDF\ GHJ GHJ &5+ 'LVK .'
6XLWDEOH VPDOO SODVWLF
&XUUHQW GUDZQ
&DVH +%
P$ '& 6XSSO\
3RZHU VZLWFK
YROWDJH9 '&
62/$5 )851$&(
'30 $GG
3$5$%2/,& 5()/(&725
RQ LVRODWLRQ 3&%
7KLV LV WKH VDPH PP GLVK XVHG LQ RXU 6RRSHU
ZLWKYROWDJH GLYLGHUV
6QRRSHU ,W LV PLOO ILQLVKHG LH XQSURWHFWHG DOXPLQXP LV
VKXQWV IRU GLIIHUHQW
UHIOHFWLYH HQRXJK WR LJQLWH SDSHU DOPRVW LQVWDQWO\ 6RPH
YROWDJH FXUUHQW
DXWRPRWLYH FXWWLQJ FRPSRXQG SROLVK LW FRXOG PDNH LW
UDQJHV .
32:(5)8/ -80%2 6,=(' '& 027256 KLJKO\ UHIOHFWLYH HD
21/<
7KHVH ODUJH '& PRWRUV ZRXOG EH LGHDO IRU 3803 1(:
SRZHULQJ EXJJLHV HOHFWULF YHKLFOHV URERWV 9$& # :
7KH\ DUH DYDLODEOH LQ
:
RU
:
RU
:
20
5
) 2:
$ /
:
$TXDULXP )RXQWDLQ DQG *DUGHQ
3XPSV D +HDG RI XS WR FP DW
/ SK 9ROWDJH 9$&
:DWWDJH : 6XSSOLHG ZLWK DQ
DGDSWRU IRU GLIIHUHQW VL]H KRVHV DQG
RZQHUV PDQXDO 2SHUDWHV DW PDLQV
9$& VXSSO\ SOXJ QRW VXSSOLHG
PDLQV ZLULQJ IRU TXDOLILHG SHUVRQ
RQO\ 'LPHQVLRQV + [
: [ / PP :HLJKW NJ
7KLV YHU\ ORXG VLUHQ LV
UHPRWH FRQWUROOHG E\
D NH\FKDLQ WUDQV
PLWWHU 3UHVV IRU 21
D J D L Q I R U 2 ) )
&RQWDLQV ODWFKLQJ
,&V 6&5 &' $
9 7KH HQFRGHU
,& LQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU LV
DQ 0&
LWV
PDWFKLQJ 0&
LV XVHG LQ WKH UHFHLYHU ,Q LWV RULJLQDO SDFNLQJ LQF D 9
FLJDUHWWH OLJKWHU OHDG VXLWDEOH $XVWUDOLDQ SRZHU DGDSWRU
7KH XQLW LV QHZ JXDUDQWHHG H[FHSW IRU WKH EDWWHULHV ,Q D
IHZ XQLWV WHVWHG WKH 9 1LFDG EDFNXS EDWWHU\ QHHGHG
FKDUJLQJ 6LUHQ5; 0 UDQJH 9 RSHUDWLRQ P$
VWDQGE\ G% RXWSXW P$ ZKHQ RQ
*&7 =,33<
&$%/( 7,'<
3HUIHFW IRU WLG\LQJ 79 YLGHR
FRPSXWHUV DXGLR FDEOHV ,GHDO
IRU KRPH RU RIILFH /HQJWK
PHWHUV &RORXU %ODFN RU %HLJH
/2: &267
& + $ 1 1 ( / 8 + )
5 ( & ( , 9 ( 5 . , 7 / 2 :
&267 RU &+$11(/
8+) 5(&(,9(5 .,7 7KLV
SURFHVVRU EDVHG UHFHLYHU
XVHV D SUHEXLOW SUHWXQHG
0+] 8+) 5; PRGXOH
SUHSURJUDPPHG
SURFHVVRUV &RPELQHG
ZLWK RXU 7; WUDQVPLWWHU
WKLV NLW FRQWUROV RU
UHOD\V LQ HLWKHU PRPHQWDU\
RU ODWFKLQJ RSHUDWLRQ
)HDWXUHV LQFOXGH WR WKH SRZHU RI VHFXULW\ FRGHV UDQJH
RI aP KLJK FXUUHQW UHOD\V ZLWK LQGLFDWRU /('V
VFUHZ WHUPLQDOV 9 '& RSHUDWLRQ 5; NLW LQF FK 3&%
DOO FRPSRQHQWV IRU D FK 5; 7KH H[WUD FK FDQ EH
6QDSSHG RII RU H[WUD SDUWV FDQ EH SXUFKDVH .
([WUD FRPSRQHQWV WR DGG FK .$
&+ 8+) 7; .,7
68,76 . 7KH VPDOO EXWWRQV NH\
)2817$,1 3803 IRE WUDQVPLWWHU DOORZLQJ FK RSHUDWLRQ
UDQJH WHVWHG DW aP 8VHV D SUHEXLOW
SUHDOLJQHG 0+] 8+) 7; PRGXOH
7KH 7; LV SDUWLDOO\ DVVHPEOHG RQO\ WKH
FDVH QHHGV DVVHPEO\ 2SHUDWHV IURP
9 OLJKWHU EDWWHU\ VXSSOLHG 7;
6SHFLDO 6XEPHUVLEOH 3XPS IRU
$TXDULXP )RXQWDLQ DQG *DUGHQ
3XPSV D +HDG RI XS WR FP + DW
/ SK 9ROWDJH 9$& :DWWDJH
: 6XSSOLHG ZLWK 9 $& SOXJSDFN
DGDSWRU IRU GLIIHUHQW VL]H KRVHV DQG
RZQHUV PDQXDO + [ : [
/ PP :HLJKW NJ
/8;(21 :
: /('6
$PD]LQJO\ EULJKW ZKLWH /8;(21 /('V
1(: 0,1, +,*+ 48$/,7< /2:
/,*+7 &026 3,1+2/(
:
:
/<
1
2 ,7+
0,1, '5,9(5 .,7
: ',2 )25 /8;(21 /('6
$8 )25 81'(5
&$0(5$ &2/285 ZLWK
DXGLR 0HDVXUHV [ [
PP &$0&
&RPLQJ VRRQ -XVW VXEVFULEH WR RXU EDUJDLQ FRUQHU HPDLO $VN IRU D IUHH 9+) YLGHR
PRGXODWRU PRG RU IRU
OLVW DQG ZH ZLOO OHW \RX NQRZ DV VRRQ DV WKH\ DUULYH
PRUH DQ DXGLR YLGHR
3803 1(: :
PRGXODWRU PRG
)2817$,1 321' 3803
0,&52352&(6625 *(1(5$/ 385326(
6SHFLDO 6XEPHUVLEOH 3XPS IRU
RU'21 7 0,66 287
8+) 5(027( &21752//(' 6,5(1
'(9(/230(17 .,7 7KLV 'HYHORSLQJ NLW FDQ EH XVHG
WR SURJUDP RU UXQ DOO RI WKH 3,&$;( FKLSV
PRVW RI WKH 3,& ,&V DQG PDQ\
RWKHU FKLSV ZLWK VSDFLQJ
&RPHV ZLWK D SOXJSDFN
38%/,6+(' 6LOLFRQ &KLS
0DJD]LQH 0D\ .,7
35,&( .
'% )(0$/( 6(5,$/
&$%/( '%
7KLV VPDOO GULYHU NLW LV VPDOO HQRXJK WR ILW LQ WR HOHFWULFDO
FRQGXLW PHDVXULQJ PP / ; PP : ; PP +
7KLV NLW LV GHVLJQHG WR HIILFLHQWO\ GULYH : /X[HRQ /HG V
IURP D 9 SRZHU VXSSO\ %DVHG 0&$ ,& WKLV
VZLWFK PRGH GULYHU NLW JLYHV DQ HIILFLHQF\ RI DURXQG
# 9 .LW LQFOXGHV 3&% DQG DOO RQERDUG FRPSRQHQWV
.
SURIHVVLRQDOV
ZZZRDWOH\HOHFWURQLFVFRP 6XSSOLHUV RI NLWV DQG VXUSOXV HOHFWURQLFV WR KREE\LVWV H[SHULPHQWHUV LQGXVWU\
2UGHUV 3K )D[ VDOHV#RDWOH\HOHFWURQLFVFRP 32 %R[ 2DWOH\ 16:
25 ZZZRDWOH\HFRP
PDMRU FUHGLW FDUGV DFFHSWHG 3RVW
3DFN W\SLFDOO\ 3ULFHV VXEMHFW WR FKDQJH ZLWKRXW QRWLFH $&1 $%1
6&B-81B
We take it pretty much for granted that almost 400 tonnes
of 747-400 screaming along at the best part of 1000km/h
manages to find and land at the right point on the right
runway, every time . . . but how do they do it so well?
Instrument Landing
Systems. . . how they work
I
t was a drizzly, miserable day with
a low, grey blanket of cloud, heavy
and oppressive.
Looking out the airport terminal
window, the world seemed to end
barely a kilometre away. Vague silhouettes of aircraft moved silently about
in the misty rain.
I looked up at the arrivals screen to
check my friend’s flight from Perth.
It had already arrived, five minutes
early, of course! Best get to the gate
quickly . . .
As I walked to the arrivals gate I
reflected on what I had just taken
for granted. Just a few minutes ago,
my friend’s plane had been hurtling
towards the ground at 250km/hr with
nothing but solid murky grey out all
of the windows – including those of
the cockpit.
In fact, the plane may have descended to as low as sixty metres above
runway height with little, perhaps no,
outside visibility.
We expect planes to land in all
8 Silicon Chip
sorts of weather. In Europe and North
America, a pilot can land an aeroplane
on some runways without seeing the
ground at all.
Automatic landing and taxying
systems are continually becoming
more capable. Today it is technically
possible to safely and reliably land,
slow down and taxi to the correct gate
with no outside visibility and hardly
any human intervention.
tral challenge is navigation.
In this article we will look at the
Instrument Landing System (ILS),
which still provides precision landing
guidance 65 years after its invention.
We will also see the impact of newer
technologies such as GPS, Microwave
Landing Systems and ever-increasing
on-board digital processing power. But
first, some background.
The issue is guidance
Most readers would be familiar with
basic radio direction finding using a
loop antenna. You rotate the loop until
you find a “null” in the signal. If you
point with your hand straight through
the loop, you are pointing either directly towards or directly away from
the transmitter. Direction finding is
the basis of radio navigation. Instead
of plotting a visual “fix” to a landmark
on a chart, you plot a radio “fix” to a
known transmitter.
Radio navigation today is quite sophisticated, even before you include
So how does all of this work? First,
let’s keep in mind what we’re looking
at. A modern aeroplane can fly equally
well through clear day or foggy night.
The challenge with all weather landings is to provide some form of guidance so that the pilot (or an autopilot)
can stay lined up with the runway and
descend on the correct path without
actually seeing the runway. The cen-
by Daniel Field
Radio Navigation
siliconchip.com.au
Somewhat stylised diagram of a typical runway with ILS. Not shown
here are the inner, middle and outer “markers”. A little trivia: one runway
number subtracted from its opposite end number will aways equal 18!
GPS. Apart from Instrument Landing Systems, three radio navigation
systems have been central to aircraft
navigation for several decades.
They are:
1. ADF (Automatic Direction Finder). Gives the bearing (direction) to the
transmitter relative to the nose of your
aircraft. Combined with “magnetic
heading” information from the aircraft
compass system, it gives the magnetic
bearing to the transmitter.
2. VOR (VHF Omnidirectional
Range). Tells you what your bearing
is from the transmitter, no matter
which way you are pointed at the time.
These fixed lines of bearing from the
transmitter are called “radials” and
are commonly followed as “roadways
in the sky”.
3. DME (Distance Measuring Equipment). Uses pulse timing techniques
to tell your distance in a straight line
from the ground equipment. It is usual
to co-locate DME and VOR ground
equipment to provide range and bearing from the same location.
Pilots use these systems to find
their position over the Earth’s surface
without any visual references. None of
them can determine height above the
ground: they are all lateral navigation
(LNAV) techniques.
The problem of landing and
approach
Using lateral navigation techniques
an aircraft can fly clear of obstacles and
line up with a runway. This procedure
is called a “Non Precision Approach”
(NPA).
During an NPA the pilot uses an
altimeter (which is based on air pressure) for height information. For a
variety of reasons, pressure altimeters
can theoretically be inaccurate by up
to 100 feet (30 metres).
So a published NPA must allow
plenty of margin for error if pilots of
varying skill levels in a wide variety
of aircraft are to follow it thousands
of times per year.
A typical NPA in an area clear of
obstacles can get the aircraft down
to about 400 feet (120 metres) above
the ground. If the pilot cannot clearly
see the runway then he can safely
“go around” – pulling out of the
landing approach and flying in a predetermined pattern to return to the
approach path and again line up with
the runway.
Therefore, without some form of
precise vertical guidance, an aeroplane
cannot land unless the cloud base is at
least 400 feet above the ground.
The Instrument Landing
System (ILS)
As early as 1928 (which, by the way,
is only a year after Lindbergh first
crossed the Atlantic), engineers and
scientists were giving careful attention
to the problem of vertical guidance for
landing. Teams in different countries
developed various solutions.
By 1940 a working “Instrument
Landing System” had been installed
at Indianapolis airport in the United
States.
The Instrument Landing System
(ILS) was a new radio navigation
system that provided precise vertical
guidance (referred to as the “Glide
The heart of the ILS system: at one end of the runway (far end from approach) is the antenna system for the “localiser”
beam. This gives the aircraft its left and right guidance signals to help it line up with the runway. Alongside the runway,
roughly at the touchdown point (ie the approach end), is the guideslope (or glidepath) antenna which helps the aircraft
approach the runway at the right angle and hit the tarmac at the right place.
siliconchip.com.au
June 2004 9
Path” or “Glide Slope”) as well as
precise lateral guidance (referred to
as the “Localiser”).
Both the glide slope and the localiser worked on the same technique:
a radio technique that is still in use
today at thousands of ILS-equipped
runways around the world.
The glide slope carrier signal is
in the range of 329-335MHz. The
localiser carrier is in the range of
108-112MHz. The glide slope and
localizer carriers are each directional
radio beams radiated in two parts: one
amplitude modulated at 90 Hz, and the
other at 150Hz.
In the case of the glide slope, a
directional antenna array radiates
the 90Hz signal just above the correct
approach path and the 150Hz signal
below it. Right on the approach path,
the modulation of both components
is 40%.
An aircraft anywhere along the
correct glide path will receive both
the 90Hz and 150Hz components
equally.
If the aircraft moves above the correct path it moves toward the centre
of the 90Hz beam and away from the
150Hz beam. Because they are both on
the same carrier, the detected depth
of modulation of the two signals is
no longer equal. The 90Hz signal will
seem to have deeper modulation than
the 150Hz signal. While every glide
path is adapted for each particular
airport, a typical path is at an angle
of about 2.5 to 3°.
The aircraft’s receiver detects the
90Hz and 150Hz components then
separates them using a simple filter
network. The two components are
full-wave rectified to produce two DC
signals: one representing the strength
Pilot’s-eye-view of a 747-400, lined up on runway 34R at Sydney International
Airport. This amazingly realistic view is actually taken from Microsoft Flight
Simulator IV, which we’ll have more to say about shortly . . .
of the 90Hz component, and the other
the 150Hz. The difference between
these DC signals drives a moving coil
meter. If the 90 and 150Hz components
are equal then there is no difference, so
the meter stays in its “at rest” position
in the centre of the indicator. If the
90Hz component is stronger, the meter
drives down to indicate “fly down”.
A deviation of half a degree above
or below the glide path gives full-scale
deflection of the meter. This corresponds to a difference in depth of
modulation (ddm) of 0.175, or 17.5%.
In the case of the localiser, a directional antenna array transmits the 90
Hz signal to the left of the runway cen-
tre line (from the point of view of the
approaching aircraft), and the 150Hz
signal to the right. The modulation of
both signals is 20% on the correct path.
Again, the receiver rectifies the two
components and drives a meter movement. Full-scale deflection indicates
about three degrees deviation from
the centre line, with a ddm of 0.155.
How far to go?
Assuming that the pilot has no outside visual cues, the Instrument Landing System that I have described still
relies heavily on the altimeter. Sure,
the pilot knows that he is approaching
the runway on the correct path.
The beam pattern set up by the glideslope (or glidepath) radio
signals. It really is quite simple – fly too high and the 90Hz
signal is received; fly below it and the 150Hz signal is received.
10 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Again from Flight Simulator IV, compare the clean, modern instrumentation of
the 747-400 to the instrument panel of a Beechcraft King Air, here lined up on
runway 29C at Bankstown airport, Sydney (incidentally, the busiest airport in
Australia for aircraft movements).
But what is to stop him from staying
nicely on path until he crashes into the
runway? The fact that he crashed right
on the touch down point is unlikely
to be much consolation.
The designers of the Instrument
Landing System decided to place various “Markers” along the approach path
so that the pilot knows what stage of
the approach he is up to.
These markers are low power
transmitters that radiate in a narrow
beam straight up. The carrier is always
75MHz. The AM signal depends on the
function of the marker.
On a normal instrument approach,
the pilot initially uses his altimeter to
fly at a particular altitude (say, 2,500
feet above the ground) and various
radio navigation aids to intercept the
Localiser. The aircraft then flies along
the localiser toward the runway, maintaining a particular altitude (using the
altimeter). As the aircraft flies along,
it is actually below the plane of the
glide slope. If you were in the cockpit,
you could say that the glide slope is
in front of you, slanting down toward
the runway, and you are flying level
towards it.
Imagine for a minute how this works
in the cockpit: As the aircraft moves
into the lower part of the glide slope
signal the indicator shows “fly up”.
The pilot continues to hold the same
altitude. The glide slope indicator
starts to show that the aircraft is coming up to the centre of the glide path.
The pilot then initiates a descent to
capture the glide slope. As long as
the aircraft stays on the glide path, it
is safe to descend.
This is where the designers used the
first marker: The Outer Marker. Right
at the point where the pilot should
intercept the glide slope the aircraft
flies through the outer marker beam.
The pilot hears a 400Hz tone (a moderately low pitch) which also causes
a blue indicator light to illuminate in
the cockpit. The tone and light make
a continuous stream of Morse code
“dashes” at the slow rate of two dashes
per second.
If a pilot passes the outer marker
and still does not have a glide slope
signal then he knows that there is a
problem.
Australian approaches actually use
the Outer Marker at some point along
the descent rather than at the glide
slope intercept. The intercept point
may be directly over some other radio
beacon that does not normally form
part of an ILS.
Sometimes it is not marked at all but
can be anticipated a certain distance
from the airport using radio distance
measuring equipment. Whether or not
the outer marker coincides with the
glide slope intercept, it is an important
indication of the aircraft’s progress
along the ILS.
The next marker is the “Middle
Marker”. This is usually about a kilometre from the runway. The pilot hears
alternate dots and dashes at 1300Hz,
illuminating an amber light in the
cockpit. The middle marker normally
And here’s the way the middle and outer markers are set up. They are very narrow beams which
are received in a very specific location, telling the pilot the plane has passed through the marker.
siliconchip.com.au
June 2004 11
indicates that the aircraft is 200 feet
(60 metres) above the ground.
On basic Instrument Landing
Systems (including most systems
currently in use around Australia),
200 feet is the “decision height”. The
pilot may continue to descend beyond
the middle marker only if he sees the
runway.
Once again, there is some variation
from one approach to another. For
example, there is no middle marker
at Nowra, NSW. The pilot must use
DME to determine decision height (at
a distance of 0.8 nautical miles from
the runway). Perth’s ILS runway 03
has no markers at all. Three of Sydney’s six ILS approaches also have no
marker beacons (because of possible
confusion with markers for parallel
runways). They all use DME distances
instead.
On more advanced instrument landing systems the decision height can
be either 100 feet or zero feet. Those
systems can include an “Inner Marker”
which gives the sound of rapid dots at
3kHz (high pitch) and causes a white
light to flash in the cockpit. The inner
marker normally indicates a height of
100 feet above the ground. Note that at
this point, the aircraft altimeter could
possibly indicate anything from zero to
200 feet above the ground (though, in
12 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
reality, almost all altimeters in instrument rated aircraft
are likely to be within ten feet of the actual altitude).
Three levels of accuracy
Instrument Landing Systems are theoretically capable
of guiding an aircraft all the way to the ground. But the
very high accuracy and reliability required for this task
comes at a cost. Installations that can guide an aircraft
right down to the ground must be tested and proven over
a period of years, then continually monitored, tested and
maintained to exacting standards.
There is also a paradox that causes more accurate
systems to be less capable than less accurate systems: as
an aircraft travels through the directional localiser and
glide slope beams, it warps them. The signals received
by a following aircraft might not be accurate. The most
precise instrument landing systems depend on much
larger spaces between approaching aircraft than the
less precise systems. As a result, less precise systems
can handle more than double the number of landings
per hour.
None of the systems installed in Australia can guide
an aircraft all the way to the ground. The majority are
“Category One” Instrument Landing Systems (ILS Cat I),
with a decision height of 200 feet. A runway will only be
open for Cat I approaches if the “Runway Visual Range”
is at least 800 metres.
The next level of precision is a Category two ILS. In
a Cat II system the decision height and visibility (“Runway Visual Range”) requirements are half those of Cat
I. That is a decision height of 100 feet and a visibility
of 400 metres.
Category three systems are installed primarily in North
America and Europe. For example, there are 31 Cat III
systems installed at 15 airports in Germany. Nearly all of
these are “Cat IIIB” (see table). Europe is currently moving away from Instrument Landing Systems in favour of
the more capable “Microwave Landing Systems” (MLS).
Improving the system
The basic ILS with moving coil meters is still used
to-day in some private aircraft, older charter planes, and
many instrument-training planes. But these systems are
practically obsolete. Modern business aircraft and airliners only use mechanical instruments as back-ups, if at all.
LCD screens, modular digital computers and data-links
are standard fare in today’s new aircraft.
Autopilot coupling
One of the first refinements of the basic Instrument
Landing System was autopilot coupling. A traditional
ILS receiver puts out a DC analogue signal that drives a
meter movement. If you think of the signal as a command
to “fly up/fly down” or “fly left/fly right” then you can
use it as an input to an autopilot.
The human pilot may manually select “ILS” mode
siliconchip.com.au
June 2004 13
HF Radio
Antenna
“NAV” Antenna
“NAV” Antenna
Above: typical “rabbit ears” VOR/ILS antenna near on the fin of a Piper Navajo
Chieftain, with the longer wire HF antenna at top. The ILS receiver normally
has separate transmission line inputs, one for LOC (~110MHz) and one for
GS (~330MHz). Some aircraft have a separate GS antenna (typically dipole,
mounted inside the nose), while many have just one antenna with a splitter.
Right: a more aerodynamic nav antenna used on aircraft above about 250km/h.
on the autopilot, telling the autopilot
to follow the ILS output commands.
Future displays
Several companies are experimenting with new ways to display ILS
information. One major source of
inspiration is the video game industry.
Current prototypes display a 3D
graphic of the actual surrounding
landforms and hazards such as masts
and towers. The colours on the display indicate potential hazard, from
red (land at or above the level of the
aircraft) through yellow to green (land
far below). Contours are shaded to give
an easy to interpret depiction of the
actual surrounding area.
The display is based on a computer
model of the actual terrain (yes, every
aircraft might carry a detailed digital
model of the entire world in the near
future). Developers and promoters of
these systems often call them “Synthetic Vision Systems”.
During a landing in cloudy or foggy
Aircraft and video games designers might seem to be strange bedfellows but
they have a lot in common. One tries to make games simulate the real thing as
much as possible, the other is incorporating much of the graphics of the games
into the real thing, as this “Synthetic Vision” screen grab shows.
14 Silicon Chip
conditions, a Synthetic Vision System
can display the surrounding area as
if it was a clear day. With suitable
overlays (such as markers showing
the correct approach path, and an
aeroplane graphic displaying pitch
and roll attitude as well as actual position), an approach and landing in poor
weather could become very much like
a computer game.
On-board digital processing
power
The rise and rise of digital technology has hugely impacted the field of
aircraft avionics. One of the first tasks
given to digital processors was to process flight and navigation data using
algorithms designed to make the most
efficient use of resources.
In the area of navigation, this meant
keeping the aircraft right on the most
direct track, and manoeuvring through
standard terminal approach routes as
accurately as possible.
It wasn’t long before manufacturers
started to integrate avionics systems
that had previously been independent. As technology developed through
to the late 80s, various researchers
experimented with the idea of having
one central navigation computer.
By the mid 90s, the World’s major
avionics producers all offered some
variation on a central navigation and
performance computer: the “Flight
Management System” (FMS). Today,
practically all new jets and an increassiliconchip.com.au
Microwave Landing Systems
Europe is moving rapidly away from
the Instrument Landing System in favour of its newer rival, the Microwave
Landing System (MLS).
MLS is not simply an ILS using
different carrier frequencies; in fact
the operating principles of MLS are
completely different.
The purpose, though, is the same:
to give precise lateral and vertical
guidance, as well as distance from
the runway.
The basic technique used in the
Microwave Landing System is a “Time
Referenced Scanning Beam”.
Without going into too much detail, MLS transmits a narrow beam
at around 5GHz that sweeps across
the approach area in a set pattern.
The aircraft receiver measures the
time intervals between sweeps and
calculates its lateral position (azimuth)
and vertical position (elevation).
The “to and fro” azimuth and “up and
down” elevation beams both occupy
the same carrier frequency, although
they are transmitted from two different
antenna arrays located similarly to an
ILS.
The third, essential component of
MLS is a precision DME (distance
measuring equipment) which gives
range accurate to within 30 metres
(compared to 360 metres for regular
DME).
MLS also transmits data to the aircraft
by modulating the azimuth signal. Data
can include information about the approach, weather, runway condition, etc.
There are several advantages of
MLS over ILS. Perhaps the greatest
advantage is its flexibility – ILS has only
one correct path (where the difference
in depth of modulation is zero), so its
output must always be an error signal:
“fly right”, “fly up”, etc.
MLS is designed to tell the receiver
its precise angle from the runway centre
line (to about 40° either side) its elevation above the horizon, as seen from
the touch down point (to about 15°
up), and range from the runway. The
receiver’s output is a position rather
than an error.
The MLS computer in an aircraft
can be programmed with a desired
approach path and then guide the pilot
or autopilot along that path, comparing
the actual position with the desired
position to give the standard “fly right”,
“fly up” signals.
That means that the one MLS
installation can precisely guide many
different approaches at any glide path
angle as well as manoeuvres such as
dog-legs or curves around obstacles
out to a distance of about 35km.
It is reasonable to expect that MLS
will completely replace ILS in Europe
by about 2020, with only a few ILS
installations surviving beyond 2015.
The UK has purchased over 40 MLS
installations (including options) over
the past year alone.
However, the rest of the World
is likely to stick with ILS for several
decades more.
ing number of propeller planes come
with a Flight Management System as
part of an integrated, modular digital
system.
While different levels of integration are available, a fully functional
FMS will have inputs from all of the
on-board navigation and flight data
systems and outputs to the autopilot
computers, digital engine control computers, and various cockpit displays.
During an approach in low visibility
conditions the FMS can handle many
tasks like selecting the frequency on the
ILS receiver, continually monitoring
how well the aircraft is performing, and
commanding the autopilot and engines
so that the aircraft follows a pre-defined
“Standard Terminal Approach Route”
(that’s right: when an aircraft is within
about 30km of its destination it is usually “following a STAR”).
This centralisation of control and
monitoring functions has allowed
automation to move into the part
of flight that uses practically every
system on the aircraft: the approach
and landing.
system is not too hard to imagine. A
computer selects the right navigation
inputs and autopilot modes so that the
aircraft follows the ILS. A radar altimeter input (giving actual height above
the ground, potentially accurate to a
few feet), a precision DME (as in a Microwave Landing System), or a suitably
augmented GPS controls the timing of
the “flare” (the deliberate loss of lift as
the plane lands). Weight-on-wheels
switches detect the actual landing, and
the computer controls deployment of
spoilers, reverse thrust and brakes as
required to slow the aircraft. GPS combined with a database of the
airport layout provides for
the aircraft to automatically
taxi to its gate. (This ignores
taxi clearances and other
aircraft – a data link from
the airport surface move-
ment controllers could provide the
required information.)
However, technical possibility is not
the whole story: If planes full of people
are to routinely “autoland” in all sorts
of conditions then technically possible
is not enough. A reasonable margin of
safety must be a part of the system.
When a plane is landing itself, the
Autopilot system has control of the aircraft. All autoland-equipped aircraft
must have a “triplex” autopilot. That
means that there are actually three
separate autopilot systems installed
in the aircraft. There are various ways
Automatic landing
Technically, an automatic landing
siliconchip.com.au
This cockpit almost looks
like a video game –but it’s
not. It’s from the Eclipse
Aviation E500, a new mini
jet scheduled for release in
2006.
June 2004 15
GPS and all-weather landings...
“What about GPS?” I can hear
you asking. “Doesn’t GPS make the
whole instrument landing system
obsolete?”
The answer is a resounding “not
really”.
In Europe, ILS should be obsolete
by 2015. But that is due to a rival system (Microwave Landing System), not
GPS. Outside Europe, ILS will still be
around for a few more decades.
So why hasn’t GPS taken over the
precision approach scene? Since
selective availability was switched
off isn’t the accuracy down to millimetres?
There are several good reasons
why aviation has not relied on GPS
for precision approaches.
The first is political: the U.S. Department of Defence owns and operates
the GPS constellation. Five years
ago when the Clinton administration
announced that they would switch off
selective availability, they reserved
the right to switch it back on again at
any time.
Despite formal agreements between
the US Dept of Defense and the US
Federal Aviation Administration, there
has always been a tacit understanding
that civil aviation should never rely too
heavily on GPS without extra in-built
safety.
There are other issues with GPS.
Accuracy is excellent, but still variable.
For just a few minutes per day in any
location, the various random errors
combine to significantly degrade the
accuracy.
In the big picture it is hardly significant. But it does mean that you cannot
solely rely on GPS if you require very
high precision on demand. Another
issue is signal availability. The receiver
needs at least five satellites to verify
the integrity of its position solution.
Along the south coast of Australia,
for example, there may be fewer than
five satellites in view for a total of
around 30 minutes out of every 24
hours. Having said all of that, satellite
navigation systems are continually
improving.
Several developments are making
GPS more available and accurate. A
European consortium is developing
a rival system called “Galileo”, which
16 Silicon Chip
will have the political advantage of
civilian control. The International Civil
Aviation Organisation, which sees all
of the major Western countries jointly
determining policies, has decided that
satellite navigation systems will be the
basis for future aeronautical navigation
systems.
So does GPS have a role in all
weather landings?
Well, yes, it definitely does but not
by itself. GPS will be available for
precision approaches once suitable
methods of “Augmentation” have been
developed and tested.
One ground-based system, called
“Local Area Augmentation System”
(LAAS) is basically a GPS receiver
fixed to a precisely surveyed point on
the ground. A computer compares the
actual, known location of the receiver
with its “GPS location”. It instantly
detects any error. The system then
broadcasts information about the error over a data link to all aircraft within
a radius of, say, 50 kilometres. If the
LAAS site is located near an airport,
an aircraft can make a precision approach using GPS data corrected by
the LAAS data link.
Australia is likely to adopt this
system.
In the United States a satellitebased “Wide Area Augmentation System” (WAAS) is under development.
This is similar in principle to LAAS but
on a different scale:
In version one of the system there
are 25 surveyed “Reference Stations”
across the country and two “Master
Stations”. The data link to aircraft is
via communication satellites.
The advantage of covering the entire country is offset by the necessary
compromises in accuracy and integrity.
As a result, WAAS will only be good for
the equivalent of ILS Cat I approaches
(Decision Height of 200 feet).
Even that will only be under ideal
conditions. This limitation ensures the
continued use of ILS in North America,
at least for a few more decades.
Europe is set to adopt a combination of ground based augmentation
and microwave landing systems, with
the Galileo global navigation satellite
system likely to take over from GPS
for essentially political reasons.
of making a triplex system work:
Normally, all three work together.
They each gather their data (such
as airspeed, attitude, deviation from
intended path, etc) and then “vote”
on the action (for example, to roll left
at a certain rate). As long as all three
systems agree, the autopilot is working
in its full triplex mode.
International standards allow
automatic landings only when the
autopilot is working in triplex. If one
of the three systems fails or produces
an error, the aircraft can still fly under
the command of the other two autopilots but the safety of the triplex voting
system is lost. In that case, the pilot
must abandon the automatic landing,
but may continue with a regular instrument landing.
Instead of having three complete
autopilot systems, it is possible to have
a “pseudo-triplex” system. A computer
model that votes according to the aircraft’s expected movements replaces
one of the three autopilot systems.
Conclusion
Every year around the world,
aircraft of all sizes safely make millions of landings in conditions that
make a visual landing impossible.
The Instrument Landing System has
provided precise guidance for landing in these conditions for over sixty
years. According to some authorities,
ILS is likely to be in use for another
fifty years yet.
But in aircraft systems, like so many
other things, technology is continually advancing as individuals look for
better ways and companies look for
a competitive edge. Improvements
in GPS-related technologies, new
capabilities of Microwave Landing
Systems, and the almost limitless
memory and processing capabilities
of digital computers are turning our
heads toward the future.
Stanley Kubrik’s film “2001, A Space
Odyssey” may have proven to be a tad
optimistic in its setting. But anyone
from that sci-fi mad era transported to
the flight deck of a modern airliner as
it approaches and lands in cloud and
fog would surely think that he could
be in a space craft landing on another
planet. A crew of two, calmly watching
the large, clear, uncluttered displays
and checking altitude and system
parameters out aloud while the plane
lands itself: surely this was the stuff of
science fiction not so long ago.
siliconchip.com.au
Ever looked at an aircraft instrument panel?
What are all those meters and things for?
For the uninitiated (ie, non-pilots!) an aircraft instrument panel can be a pretty confusing place. To make matters worse,
every aircraft is different. But once you recognise what each is for and what it does, it’s not so daunting after all. . .
B
A
C
D
G
E
F
H
This is just a tiny section of what a pilot has to keep his/her eyes on. But apart
from radio systems, these are arguably the most important instruments as far
as the pilot is concerned.
(A) Clock (yep, to tell the time)
(B) Airspeed indicator – in knots
(C) Attitude Indicator (the plane’s, not the pilots!)
(D) Altimeter – how high you are above sea level
(E) Turn Co-ordinator (also called “turn & bank” or “turn & slip” indicators).
(F) Radio Magnetic Indicator – displays both magnetic and radio compass.
(G) Horizontal Situation Indicator – shows the localiser beam (the vertical
yellow line) and the glideslope (the two yellow triangles on the edges).
That’s the one that this article is most concerned with!
(H) Rate of Climb Indicator – tells you how fast you are going up or down.
And here’s how the loc/glideslope indicator helps you land...
If the receiver is not receiving a strong
enough signal, or if the signal is not
valid, then a red “NAV” flag on the
indicator warns the pilot not to follow
the indications.
Having used other radio navigation
aids for lateral guidance and the
altimeter for height, the aircraft is now
lined up with the runway centre line,
about 25km from the runway. The
localiser indicates “on localiser” but
there is no glideslope signal yet, so the
plane does not descend.
Having maintained altitude and
followed the LOC, the plane is
approaching the GS intercept. There
is now a GS signal, indicating that the
plane is below the glide path (ie, a “fly
up” indication).
“Fly Down” half scale ~
0.25° above glidepath (the
two yellow indicators
are below the horizontal
reference). “Fly Right” one
dot (on 5-dot scale) ~ 0.5°
left of path (the vertical
yellow line is to the right
of the vertical reference).
“Fly Up”,
“Fly Left”
“Fly Down”,
On LOC
Continuing to hold the same altitude
and follwing the localiser, the plane
is now only about 0.2° below the glide
path. The pilot (or autopilot) will start
initiating a descent soon.
“Fly Up”,
On LOC
The plane descends along the ILS
and simply follows any “fly up”, “fly
down”, “left” or “right” indications. By
doing so it is flying precisely along the
correct approach path.
On glidepath,
On LOC
SC
siliconchip.com.au
June 2004 17
A quick look at: Microsoft Flight Simulator 2004 – A Century of Flight
W
hile we were preparing the
Instrument Landing Systems
article for publication, we
were reminded that Microsoft Flight
Simulator also caters for Instrument
Landings – and is probably the closest
thing that many readers would ever
come to taking control of an aeroplane.
We’d heard that you could “almost”
learn to fly a real plane by first learning
how to “fly” MFS. There were many
news reports not too long after September 11 which stated the terrorists first
learnt to fly using MFS. And we’ve seen
other reports claiming MFS is not only
used in flying schools but is also used
by pilots to maintain their skill levels
or to learn new skills without spending
the sometimes huge amounts of money
required to hire a real aircraft.
Is that true? And what about the Instrument Landing System? How does
that compare?
With the quick co-operation of Microsoft, a copy of the latest version of MFS
was soon installed in my computer and
I went flying. Well, sorta flying. Taking
off and crashing would be a more honest
description (honest, boss, it was all for
research . . .)
Microsoft Flight Simulator has been
around for twenty years. Somewhere in
my software library there’s a copy of the
first MFS. I remember thinking at the
time that it was a very good simulation,
particularly given the standard of computer graphics at the time. I also remember getting pretty frustrated at the time,
taking off and crashing (yeah, nothing’s
changed). I confess I haven’t looked at
MFS in the ensuing two decades.
So just how good is the latest incarnation of Microsoft Flight Simulator?
(While it’s called MFS 2004, it was
released in 2003 to mark the centenary
of the Wright Brother’s first flight).
In so many ways, it’s very, very good.
The graphics, for example, are amazing.
Being the parochial type, the first
thing I did was load Sydney International Airport instead of one of the
Seattle airports (OK, Microsoft designers
are allowed to be parochial too!). For a
couple of minutes, I thought that Sydney
airport wasn’t included – but of course
it’s there under its fair-dinkum name,
Kingsford Smith International.
Incidentally, you can choose 368
airports from Australia or 23,760 fields
around the world. Want to fly out of
Oshkosh? No problem, b’gosh!
18 Silicon Chip
But back to Sydney. I took off
(any idiot can take off – all you
have to do is apply power and pull
the nose up) and banked right. Sure
enough, there was the Sydney CBD
and Centrepoint tower. I buzzed the
city at an impossible illegal height
and even flew under the coat-hanger
(Harbour Bridge for the geographically challenged). The scenery is
amazingly realistic, especially from
a reasonable height.
“OK”, I thought, “I’m gonna find
my house.” Completely ignoring air
traffic control rules, I climbed to a
thousand feet, followed the harbour
down to the heads (well, something
like the heads) and turned left up the
Northern Beaches.
Long Reef is a pretty prominent
headland and just happens to mark
the edge of controlled air space (I
know that because Dick Smith told
me that as we flew into Sydney one
time). There, on its left, was the
“lump” of Collaroy Plateau and immediately beyond Narrabeen Lakes.
My place should be pretty easy to
spot, between the two. But it’s not
there – a high-rise building is. And
it was a similar story all the way up
to Pittwater and Palm Beach.
So while the overall scenery is
very good, it’s best viewed from a
reasonable height and not taken too
literally!
Time to get back on terra firma.
And here is where the terra started!
I decided to head for Bankstown
airport because I’d flown in and out
of there recently. Let’s say my attempts
to land were not quite as successful
as take-off (remember I said any idiot
can take off). But eventually, I did
manage to put it down at Bankstown.
Not necessarily on the runway – on
any runway – but hey, a landing’s a
landing!
Flying lessons
With a couple of weeks to spare, I
would be able to perfect this because
one of the most powerful features of
MFS is its renowned inbuilt flying lessons. The introductory lessons, by King
Schools, are a bit folksy American for
me (sorry, John and Martha). The “real”
lessons, by very experienced instructor
Rod Machado are very good (but the
jokes are corny!). You can advance from
student, private, instrument, commercial and airline pilot, flying everything
from a Cessna Skyhawk SP 172 right up
to a Boeing 737-400.
But that’s not all you can fly in
MFS 2004. It’s not called “A Century of Flight” for nothing. You can
fly everything from the 1903 Wright
Flyer, through the Curtis “Jenny” (the
barnstormer’s favourite), the Vickers
Vimy, Lindbergh’s Spirit of St Louis,
then through many of the world’s famous aircraft – DC3, various Cessnas,
Beechcraft, Lear Jet, right up to Boeing
747 and 777. There’s also a couple of
helicopters and even a sailplane – 24
aircraft in all.
As you may have deduced, I am no
aviator (it was always on my wish list
but never got off it!). But I really do
siliconchip.com.au
believe that given enough time and
practice, you could actually learn to
fly using these lessons. Well, you’d
certainly be a lot more capable of
handling the real thing than a novice
without any MFS experience.
ILS
Now for the reason we wanted to
look at MFS in the first place: Instrument Landing Systems.
Exactly as Daniel Field explained in
the ILS article, you can use the glideslope and localiser needles to put
your-self on the runway at the right
place. It really is that easy. One of the
MFS lessons covers this specific item.
But there’s much more. MFS includes
every electronic aid to flying that is currently available to a “real” pilot. You can
even program in weather (including real
siliconchip.com.au
weather conditions applicable to your
local area in real time). The cloud effects
included with this edition of MFS have
earned it “rave reviews”.
For the more adventurous, you can
program in gear failure. Want to lose
an engine on take-off? How about a
lightning strike knocking out all avionics on a 747-400 at 500 feet on final in
zero visibility? No pressure!
What you need
The computer needs to have a bit
of grunt. Minimum spec is a 450MHz
processor with an 8MB video card
and 1.8GB of hard disk space but we’d
suggest this is an absolute minimum.
Even on a 2.4GHz/32MB machine we
noticed a few glitches.
Most important, though, you need
a joystick. They say you can use
Review by Ross Tester
MFS with the keyboard but it’s very
frustrating. We actually bought a new
joystick specifically for MFS. For less
than fifty dollars you should be able
to get a quality joystick with plenty of
controls and, importantly, a throttle.
These days, with USB on pretty well
every computer, it’s sensible to get a
USB joystick.
Microsoft Flight Simulator 2004 – A
Century of Flight comes on four CDs.
One of the frustrating things is that,
even with the program (all 2GB of
it) loaded on your hard disk you still
need to leave No 4 CD in the drive. It’s
probably an anti-piracy device but it’s
a pain in the proverbial.
With a “G” rating, Microsoft Flight
Simulator 2004 is available practically
anywhere. Recommended retail price
is $109.95.
SC
June 2004 19
N
EW
N
EW
June
2004
3m Tape
Measure
Magnetic end-hook
for convenient
measuring, anti-slip
and shockproof
rubber case.
T 1210
2
$ 98
NETWORK
Cable Tester
N
EW
Identify cable faults such as
incorrect connection, open,
short, crossover and grounding
test. Suits network UTP, STP,
10BASE-T, Token Ring,
AT & T258, EIA/TIA568, USOC,
8P8C, 6P6C, 4P4C, BNC and TNC.
Also tests a wide variety of standard
cables. Q 1523
69
94
Multi-handle,
convenient
compact case with
clearly marked key
size. Sizes T10,
15, 20, 25, 30, 40,
45, 50. T 3548
1794
$
Dual
Colour Pliers
High quality carbon
steel, full cut edges,
ideal for precise circuit
board work.
Long Nose Pliers
T 3336
Diagonal Pliers
1000V
Screwdriver
Set
Incl. a durable set
of slotted, Phillips
& mains testing
screwdrivers.
T 6142
4997
$
T 3337
98
9ea
$
SA
VE
!
10 B
0m UY
A R A
N O
D L
L
NEW
Fig 8 OFC
Speaker Cable
Oxygen Free
Copper cable.
Conductors:
30 x 0.12mm
W 2008
76¢
per
metre
NEW
N
EW
N
EW
CA Q H
RB UA IGH
O LI
N TY
ST
EE
L
$
8 Piece
Security
Torx Set
Tri-Coloured
High Brightness
5mm LED
Emits red,
green and
blue light.
Incl. data sheet.
Z 3860
398
$
SAVE 50%
ON ALL FUSES
AND FUSE
HOLDERS
The fun starts here...
www.dse.com.au
The Hottest Kits!
Flash Trigger Kit
Smart slave flash
trigger, allows use of
an external flash unit
with your digital or film
camera. Supplied with
PCB, case and all
necessary components.
K 3228
2988
$
89
$
Weather Satellite Receiver Kit
2 channel VHF FM receiver dedicated to picking up weather
satellite signals in the 137-138MHz band. Supplied with all
specified components, PCB, case and panels. Components to
build the masthead amp also included. K 3226
Jul ‘03
NB: Exclusive to
Powerhouse Stores Only
88
Dec ‘03
Shorted Turns
Tester Kit
Tester for line output or
‘flyback’ transformers as
found in TV receivers
and video monitors.
Complete with all parts
K 7205
4980
$
Feb ‘04
DC-DC
Converter Kit
Metal Locator Kit
Induction balance metal locator,
distinguishes between ferrous
and non-ferrous metals. Powered
by a 9V battery (not incl.).
Supplied with PCB and
components only.
K 3014
14
$
98
Printer Port Simulator Kit
A simple hardware simulator that allows
you to manipulate the port’s data and
control lines, monitor the status lines
and send the printer or other equipment
a strobe pulse. Ideal for trouble-shooting.
Supplied with PCB and all necessary
components.
K 3609
SAVE $5
87
2987
$
K 5624
Apr ‘04
Jun ‘03
LOW PRICE
May ‘03
N
EW
N
EW
Perfect for precisely adjusting
speaker levels when setting up
a home theatre system, with built-in
microphone and bargraph display.
Supplied with PCB, case and all
necessary
components.
4994
$
16
$
Jun ‘02
Level Meter Kit
Versatile circuit allows
you to run a laptop
in your car, charge
SLA batteries (6.5Ah
or bigger) or run 24V
equipment from a 12V
battery. Maximum
current is 2A. K 3234
ESR Meter
Mk 2 Kit
Easily identify
defective
electrolytic
capacitors. Allows
in-circuit testing,
features autoranging covering
0.01-99Ω, and test
lead resistance
zeroing.
K 7214
7996
$
Apr ‘04
SAVE 20%
ON ALL DISCOVERY KITS
SAVE 30%
ON ALL VELLEMAN KITS
Sale commences 26/5/04 and ends 22/6/04
The Electronics
Zippy Boxes
with Aluminium and
Plastic Lids!
Ideal for a wide range of
applications, they are made
from impact-resistant ABS
plastic, have deep ribs which
add to the strength and are
ideal for mounting PCBs
without screws. Each comes
with two lids, one aluminium
and one plastic.
Small – UB5
Medium – UB3
Large – UB1
Giant – UB2
28
41
50
60
x
x
x
x
54 x 83mm
68 x 130mm
90 x 150mm
113 x 196mm
H
H
H
H
2855
2853
2851
2852
IS ’S
THNTH L!
IA
MOPEC
S
From
2
$
$2.68
$3.87
$4.28
$6.46
Heatshrink Tubing Kit
68
Assorted lengths of pre-cut heatshrink tubing in
storage case. Includes 2.5mm, 3mm,
5mm, 7mm, 10mm, 13mm
and 20mm diameter tubing.
1997
$
W 4200
LOW PRICE
SAVE 16%
Printed
Strip Board
Twin Shield Figure 8 Super OFC
Ideal for audio patch leads. Individually
shielded twin OFC conductors. Keeps
crosstalk to a minimum and enhances
conductivity.
W 2033
1
$ 50
Per mtr
SAVE $275
The most
versatile board!
Etched copper
strips are
pre-drilled
and plated ready for solder. Alphanumeric grid
helps positive pin identification.
Each board has 2.54mm hole spacings.
Size: 88mm x 153mm. H 5616
Assorted
Computer
Screws XH5122
2
$ 97
3
$ 97
LOW PRICE
Upgrade
Case Screws
XH5123
3
$ 97
Ferric Chloride
Etching Solution
Long-lasting ferric
chloride supplied in
a handy 500ml no-spill
bottle of working
solution. Reuseable at
a reduced strength.
N 0055
2
$ 48
6 PACK
1292
N 2375
2
$ 48
6 PACK
48mm x 20m Black
Gaffer Tape
N 1395
4
$ 98
$
SAVE $4
SAVE $4
4.5m Mixed
Colour PVC Tape
997
$
$
LOW PRICE
H 6015
N 1064
1097
998
$
4.5m Black
PVC Tape N 2374
A durable film that
revives, lubricates,
waterproofs and
protects. 330g can.
2 x 150g cans.
N 5652
Assorted
Audio
Drive
Belts 10Pk
808 Silicon Spray
Dust Away
Aerosol
Twin Pack
7-Pin Flat Trailer Socket
7-Pin flat female trailer socket,
rear mounted to vehicle, spring
loaded dust cap.
P 2505
6
$ 98
SAVE $3
7-Pin Flat Trailer Plug
7-Pin round male trailer plug,
heavy duty plastic moulding.
P 2506
6
$ 98
SAVE $3
The fun starts here...
www.dse.com.au
Specialists!
LO
PR WE
IC ST
E
Universal CRO Probes
Universal probes with wandering earth leads and insulated
shroud. Complete with a handy pouch.
Working voltage: 600V AC p-p (x10).
Input capacitance: 170pF (x1),
27pF (x10). Bandwidth: 60MHz.
2498
$
LOW PRICE
Q 1247
Budget Digital Callipers
Features a 4 digit LCD screen, internal and external
measuring jaw, depth measuring blade,
metric/imperial conversion and zero setting.
Measurement range: 0-150mm, 0.6”. Q 1381
20MHz Dual Trace Oscilloscope
Suits a wide range of applications. Dual trace, dual trigger CRO
with fully adjustable sweep time (20 steps), variable hold-off, fully
adjustable sensitivity, switch-selectable X-Y operation, selectable
trigger modes, AC, TV-H and
TV-V trigger coupling, front panel
variable trace rotation sweep rate
from 10nS/DIV to 1S/DIV.
Complete with 2 CRO probes. Q 1802
398
$
*AVAILABLE
POWERHOUSE
AND SELECTED DSE STORES ONLY.
3.5 Digit LCR Multimeter
*
HOT PRICE
Safety Glasses
Made from lightweight,
flexible plastic. Provides excellent
protection from impact, ventilated
to prevent
fogging. T 5725
284
$
Makes countersinking screws
easy! Simply drill the hole,
insert the countersink tool
and turn it. T 4925
4000 count LCD
screen plus bar
graph display.
AC/DC current
range to 1000A.
Data hold,
max/min hold
and peak hold.
Auto power off.
True RMS AC
voltage and
current readings.
4
LOW PRICE
Quality 3”
Swivel
Vice
Hand-Held
Nibbling Tool
Cuts almost any
shape or size hole in
sheet steel to 0.6mm thick,
or light alloy to
1.5mm thick.
Also great for
many plastics.
1498
$
T 4945
LOW PRICE
Q 1476
198
9984
$
$
LOW PRICE
LOW PRICE
$ 98
LOW PRICE
Pin Vice
Its free-running head makes it ideal
for use where hand-drilling of delicate
PCBs or cases is required. T 5115
Mini vice
that can be
bolted or suctionfixed to the
benchtop.
Made from high
quality cast alloy
and has steel jaws with
removable pads. The ingenious
swivel action allows you to mount
it in almost any
position. T 4745
3998
$
798
$
LOW PRICE
13.8V DC
1.5A Power
Supply
Incl. a 2.1mm
plug (centre-tip
positive). Ideal for
portable TVs,
radios etc.
M 9544
Phone: 1300 366 644 (Local call charge).
Fax: (02) 9642 9155.
Mail: DICK SMITH ELECTRONICS
Direct Sales Reply Paid 500, PO Box 500,
Regents Park DC NSW 2143 (No stamp required)
Sale commences 26/5/04 and ends 22/6/04
1998
$
LOW PRICE
Adjustable Temperature
Soldering Station
240V powered, adjustable temperature control
ensures you get the right temperature for specific
materials, lightweight handle,
1.6mm tip. T 2200
128
$
SAVE $20
Direct Sales Division
LOW PRICE
1000A AC/DC True RMS
Digital Clamp Meter
Measures inductance,
capacitance & logic.
Tests continuity
& diodes.
Frequency and
duty cycle, low
battery warning,
over-range
indication and
transistor test,
auto power off.
Q 1559
Countersink Tool
3994
$
LOW PRICE
Digital Display Soldering Station
Temperature-controlled with a digital display that
accurately shows the tip temperature and maintains
the set temperature within ±3˚C! Uses a lightweight
55W soldering pencil with a highly flexible,
burn-resistant silicon-rubber
*
sheated cord. T 2250
188
$
*AVAILABLE
POWERHOUSE
AND SELECTED DSE STORES ONLY.
LOW PRICE
Dr Video Mk.2
An Even Better Video Stabiliser
By JIM ROWE
A
S YOU’RE NO DOUBT aware, a lot
of pre-recorded video software is
now “copy protected”, to stop people
from making their own pirate copies.
In principle, that’s fair enough; having spent millions of dollars making
a movie, the producers are entitled to
get a fair return on their investment.
What complicates the situation is
that the system used to prevent copying involves adding extra pulses to
the normal video signal, some of them
varying in amplitude or “dancing”.
Unfortunately, this prevents quite
a few TV sets and projectors from
displaying a steady picture during
legitimate viewing.
In particular, the extra pulses can
cause problems with large-screen TVs
that display the picture at 100 fields
per second (100Hz) to reduce flicker,
24 Silicon Chip
and also with projectors that perform
line and pixel doubling to improve
picture clarity. They can cause problems with older TV sets, too.
If you have one of these sets or projectors, the only way to get a steady
picture is to somehow remove these
extra pulses. The idea is to “clean
up” the video and let the set’s sync
circuitry do its normal job without
interference. And that’s exactly what
the original Dr Video project described
in the April 2001 issue of SILICON CHIP
was designed to do.
This improved version of Dr Video
removes more of the copy protection pulses than the original design,
for even more stable viewing. It also
handles higher quality S-video signals,
in addition to the normal composite
video handled by the original stabi-
liser. Finally, it also provides a wider
video signal bandwidth, so your pictures won’t suffer any degradation.
Dr Video Mk2 is housed in the same
compact low-profile instrument box
as its predecessor and runs from a
9V AC plugpack supply. As before,
you should also be able to build it for
considerably less than commercial
stabilisers.
How it works
Before we look at the circuit diagram, it may help to explain a little
about the copy protection pulses we’re
trying to remove. We’ll be talking here
about the pulses added to video signals
in the Macrovision copy protection
system, as this is the one most commonly used.
To thwart illegal recording, the
siliconchip.com.au
Do the pictures on your TV set or video projector jitter and
jump around when you’re trying to watch a video movie or
DVD? If so, it’s probably caused by hidden Macrovision signals
that are added to a lot of pre-recorded video software, to
prevent illegal copying. Here’s an improved version of our very
popular Dr Video stabiliser design, which cleans up the video
even more thoroughly for stable viewing. It now also handles
S-video as well as composite video.
Macrovision system adds three main
sets of pulses into the video signal –
two of them essentially combined.
First there’s the “dancing” pulses,
which are added to as many as 14 of
the normally black lines which follow
the vertical sync pulse block, in the
vertical blanking interval (VBI). This
is a group of lines that correspond to
the vertical retrace time, when the
scanning electron beam in the picture
tube is being returned from the bottom
of the screen back to the top, to begin
the next video field.
To each of these 14 or so VBI lines,
the Macrovision system adds as many
as seven extra fake horizontal sync
pulses, each of which is immediately
followed by a short fake video bar
pulse – which can have an amplitude
anywhere between black and peak
siliconchip.com.au
white. It’s these fake video bar pulses
which slowly vary up and down in
amplitude (or “dance”), usually in two
or three groups.
The top traces in Fig.1(a) & Fig.1(b)
show the basic idea. Fig.1(a) shows
the Macrovision signal “dancing”
pulses that are added following the
vertical sync block. These pulses are
constantly changing in amplitude.
Similarly, Fig.1(b) shows the dancing pulses following the colour burst
signal. Note that the lower trace shows
these pulses completely deleted.
In theory, these VBI pulses shouldn’t
upset the operation of the sync separator circuit in a TV or projector – but
they are intended to play havoc with
the sync locking servo and recording
level AGC circuitry of a video recorder.
In particular, the extra sync pulses
should muck up the sync locking,
while the dancing video bars should
fool the recorder’s AGC circuitry into
Where To Buy The Parts
Jaycar Electronics has sponsored the development of this design and they
own the design copyright. A full kit of parts will be available from Jaycar, Cat.
KC-5390. This kit includes a plated-through, solder-masked PC board; all
on-board parts; a case with pre-punched front and rear panels with screened lettering; and a 9V AC plugpack supply.
June 2004 25
Parts List
1 PC board, code 02106041,
117 x 102mm (double-sided –
see text)
1 low-profile plastic instrument
case, 141 x 111 x 35mm
2 RCA sockets, 90° PC mounting (CON1,3)
2 4 pin mini-DIN sockets, PC
mounting (CON2,4)
1 2.5mm LV power connector,
90° PC mounting (CON5)
2 M3 x 10mm machine screws,
with M3 nuts
4 small self-tapping screws,
6mm long
1 100µH RF inductor (RFC1)
Semiconductors
2 MAX4451ESA dual video
op amps (IC1,IC10)
1 74HC4066 quad analog switch
(IC2)
3 74HC00 quad NAND gates
(IC3,IC6,IC9)
1 LM1881 sync separator (IC4)
1 74HC14 hex Schmitt inverter
(IC5)
1 4040B 12-stage counter
(IC7)
1 74HC138 decoder (IC8)
1 7805 +5V regulator (REG1)
1 7905 -5V regulator (REG2)
1 3mm LED, green (LED1)
5 1N4148 signal diodes
(D1-D5)
2 1N4004 power diodes
(D6,D7)
Capacitors
2 2200µF 16V RB electrolytic
2 100µF 10V RB electrolytic
2 2.2µF TAG tantalum
1 220nF MKT polyester
2 100nF MKT polyester
11 100nF multilayer monolithic
1 12nF MKT polyester
1 8.2nF MKT polyester
1 680pF disc ceramic
1 470pF disc ceramic
1 390pF disc ceramic
1 270pF disc ceramic
1 220pF disc ceramic
2 47pF NPO ceramic
Resistors (0.25W, 1%)
1 680kΩ
4 510Ω
1 100kΩ
1 470Ω
1 82kΩ
3 100Ω
2 10kΩ
4 75Ω
2 2.2kΩ
2 24Ω
26 Silicon Chip
varying the recording gain up and
down. All of which they indeed do –
but unfortunately the havoc isn’t just
restricted to VCRs!
EOF pulses
The remaining set of pulses that are
added into the video signals are the
so-called “EOF” or end-of-field pulses.
These are a set of narrow positive
pulses added to the start of about six
lines at the very bottom of the picture
and timed to coincide with the colour
synchronising bursts (ie, immediately
after the horizontal sync pulses).
In effect, these pulses push the
colour bursts for these lines right up
into the peak white region, so the black
level and colour locking circuits of a
VCR are again tricked. Fig.1(c) and
Fig.1(d) show what the EOF pulses
look like on an oscilloscope.
The EOF pulses are harder to remove than the fake sync and dancingvideo-bar pulses in the VBI group. In
fact, we didn’t even try to remove them
with the original Dr Video project.
However we have now worked out a
way to remove them, so this new version of the project removes them as
well as the VBI pulses. This should
provide even more stable viewing.
Now let’s see how it’s done.
Circuit description
Refer now to Fig.3 for the circuit
details. It’s fairly straightforward and
is based on 10 low-cost ICs.
As shown, the incoming video
signal is fed to either input socket
CON1 (composite video) or CON2 (Svideo), with the S-video luminance
component (Y) then going from pin 3
of CON2 to CON1. The chrominance
(C) signal on pin 4 of the S-video socket
is then terminated with a 75Ω resistor
to give the correct loading, as is the
luminance/composite video signal
on CON1.
From there, the S-video signals are
fed into the non-inverting inputs of
IC1a and IC1b, the two wideband op
amps inside a MAX4451ESA dual
video amplifier IC. Note that although
the S-video chrominance (C) signal
isn’t actually processed by the “filtering” circuitry of the stabiliser (it
doesn’t need this), it must be passed
through a matching amplifier stage
to ensure it stays in phase with the
luminance (Y) signal.
Alternatively, if the input signal is
composite video, it is simply fed to
the input of IC1a and IC1b plays no
active role; ie, there is no separate
chrominance signal).
Both IC1a and IC1b are connected as
voltage followers with a gain of one,
so replicas of the incoming signals appear at their outputs (pins 1 & 7). We’ll
ignore the chrominance (C) signal for
the time being, because it is simply fed
to an output buffer amplifier (IC10b)
without any changes. Instead, we’ll
concentrate on the composite/Y signal,
which is now fed in three different
directions from pin 1 of IC1a.
First, the video signal is fed via a
100Ω resistor and series 100nF capacitor to the input of IC4, which is
an LM1881 sync separator. The 100Ω
series resistor is included simply for
decoupling, while the 100nF capacitor
blocks the DC component. A 680kΩ
and a 100nF capacitor from pin 6 of
IC4 to ground set the chip’s internal
timing circuitry for the most accurate
and stable sync separation.
The LM1881 provides a number
of outputs but we only need three of
them. From pin 1, we get a negativegoing composite sync signal, while
from pin 3 we get similarly negativegoing vertical sync pulses (about 230µs
wide). Finally, from pin 5, we get narrow pulses (again negative-going) that
are timed to correspond with the video
signal’s colour subcarrier bursts – ie,
“burst gating” pulses.
IC5d and IC5e invert the latter two
pulse trains, to convert them into
positive-going form. They are then
passed through separate differentiator
circuits, to obtain narrow negativegoing pulses from their trailing edges
– ie, the vertical sync pulses are differentiated using a 390pF capacitor,
10kΩ resistor and diode D2, while the
colour gating pulses are differentiated
by a 270pF capacitor, 2.2kΩ resistor
and diode D3.
These narrow pulses are then used
to trigger simple non-retriggerable
monostable or “one-shot” circuits, to
produce longer pulses of fixed length.
These each consist of a flipflop formed
by two cross-coupled NAND gate elements, plus an RC timing circuit and
a Schmitt inverter.
The monostable formed by IC6b,
IC6c and IC5b is used to produce a
pulse about 1.1ms long, starting at
the end of the vertical sync pulse
from IC4. The end of the output pulse
corresponds closely with the end of
the VBI, so it therefore “covers” all of
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1(a)
Fig.1(b)
Fig.1(c)
Fig.1(d)
Fig.1: these four scope shots show the action of Dr Video
Mk2 on Macrovision anti-copying signals from a typical
DVD. In each case, the Macrovision signal is the top trace
(blue) while the lower trace (yellow) is the cleaned-up
(doctored) signal. Also in each case, the top trace is taken
from the input at pin 5 of IC1b while the lower trace is the
output at CON3, with a 75Ω terminating plug connected.
Fig.1(a) shows the Macrovision signal “dancing” pulses
that are added following the vertical sync block. These
the VBI lines which should ideally be
black but can have added Macrovision
nasties.
Second monostable
The second monostable is formed
by IC6a, IC6d & IC5a. It is used to
produce a much shorter pulse, about
50µs long, starting at the end of each
colour burst gating pulse from IC4.
This monostable’s output pulse therefore lasts for most of the “active” part
of each horizontal line and certainly
siliconchip.com.au
pulses are constantly changing in amplitude. Fig.1(b)
shows the dancing pulses following the colour burst
signal. Note that the lower trace shows these pulses completely deleted. Fig.1(c) shows the end-of-file (EOF) positive pulses added to the video line signal at the bottom
of the picture. Our circuit drastically differentiates these
pulses so they are much shorter. Finally, Fig.1(d) shows
the expanded EOF positive pulse on the top trace and the
much abbreviated pulse (<200ns) on the lower trace.
covers that part of the VBI lines where
the “dancing” pulses and fake sync
pulses occur.
The output of the upper monostable
(pin 6 of IC6b) is then fed to IC3a and
gated with an inverted version of the
vertical sync pulse from pin 3 of IC4.
IC3a in turn drives inverter IC5c – ie,
IC3a and IC5c together form a positivelogic AND gate.
This gating is necessary because
the LM1881 can itself be disturbed
by the Macrovision pulses, which oc-
casionally cause its vertical sync pulse
output from pin 3 to begin early. This,
in turn, can cause the monostable to
trigger early but the gating ensures that
if this occurs, the monostable’s output
pulse is “blocked” until the end of the
vertical sync block.
The output from IC5c is a pulse
which is high for all of the lines
between the end of the vertical sync
pulse and the end of the VBI. This is
then gated with the 50µs pulses from
the lower monostable using IC3b. As
June 2004 27
28 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.2: this is the circuit diagram for
the Dr Video Mk.2, minus the power
supply. Sync separator IC4 and its
associated circuits based on IC5-IC9
generate gating signals which operate
CMOS switches IC2a & IC2c/d. These
switches then strip off any extra sync
and dancing pulses on the vertical
blanking interval lines, along with
the end of field (EOF) pulses, to give a
cleaned-up video signal.
a result, IC3b’s output goes low for
the active part of each line between
the end of the vertical sync pulse
and the end of the VBI but only for
those lines.
This signal is called “VBI GATINGbar” on the circuit and is fed to the pin
4 input of gate IC9b.
We’ll get back to these pulses
shortly. For the moment, let’s turn
our attention to gate IC3d. As shown,
one input of this gate (pin 13) receives
positive-going burst gating pulses from
IC5e, while the other input (pin 12)
receives negative-going 50µs pulses
from the output of IC6d, in the lower
monostable. What’s the idea of this
gating?
Again, it’s needed because of the
way the operation of the LM1881 can
itself be upset by the Macrovision
pulses. In this case, extra burst gating
output pulses can be produced during
the active part of the VBI lines, at some
points in the “dancing pulses” cycle.
By using IC3d to gate the burst pulses
with the complementary output of the
50µs monostable, we make sure that
these unwanted extra pulses are gated
out. As a result, the output of IC3d goes
low only for the 2.4µs duration of the
real colour bursts.
These pulses are labelled “CLEANED
BG-bar PULSES” on the circuit and
drive inverter IC5f. This then turns on
CMOS analog switch IC2b during the
colour burst period of every video line.
And when IC2b turns on, it allows the
following 220nF capacitor to charge
via a 2.2kΩ series resistor, to the current average value of the composite or
Y video signal from IC1a.
Black level
What’s the idea of this? Well, by convention, the average value of a video
signal during the colour bursts is used
to establish the signal’s black/blanking level. So, by turning IC2b on only
during the burst periods, we ensure
that the 220nF capacitor charges to a
siliconchip.com.au
June 2004 29
first 2.5µs just after the horizontal
sync pulses. That’s why this signal
line is labelled “EOF GATING-bar”
on the circuit.
This signal is fed to the pin 5 input of
IC9b, which is used here as a low-input
OR gate. We’ve seen earlier that the
pin 4 input of this gate is fed with the
VBI GATING-bar signals. This means
that the output (pin 6) of IC9b will go
high only at the exact times needed to
remove the Macrovision pulses from
the video signal – either the dancing
pulses and fake sync pulses during the
VBI period, or the narrow pulses at
the start of the EOF lines in each field.
The last step
Fig.3: the power supply circuit uses half-wave rectifiers D6 & D7 to drive
3-terminal regulators REG1 & REG2. These in turn produce +5V and -5V
supply rails to power the Dr Video Mk2 circuit.
voltage which corresponds closely to
the video signal’s black level.
Removing EOF pulses
All of the circuitry we have been
discussing so far is almost identical to
that used in the first Dr Video project.
Let’s look now at the circuitry around
IC7, IC8 and IC9, because this is the
section that has been added to the
new design – to remove those pesky
EOF pulses.
Because these pulses only occur on
the last few lines of each TV field, removing them involves the use of a line
counting system. The actual counting
is done by IC7, a 4040B 12-stage CMOS
binary counter. This is driven by the
negative-going “cleaned” BG-bar
pulses from IC3d at its CLK-bar input
(pin 10), so that its count increments
once for each TV line.
IC7 is reset by the positive-going
vertical sync pulses from IC5d. These
pulses are applied to its MR (master
reset) input at pin 11, so the counter
restarts from zero at the beginning of
each new TV field.
IC8 is a 74HC138 3-to-8 line CMOS
decoder and is used to detect when
IC7 has counted 304 lines in each field
(ie, about eight lines from the bottom).
As well as using the A0-A3 inputs
on IC8, this circuit also uses its three
additional “enable” inputs to provide
what is essentially 6-bit decoding. As
a result, the Y7-bar output (pin 7) of
IC8 goes low only after IC7 has counted
304 lines.
30 Silicon Chip
This pulse is then used to set a
simple RS flipflop made up of crosscoupled NAND gates IC9a & IC9d. This
means that the pin 11 output of IC9d
only goes high on line 305 of each field,
where the “active” part of the field has
finished and where the EOF pulses are
just about to begin.
The other input of the RS flipflop
is pin 1 of IC9a, which is fed with
negative-going vertical sync pulses
from pin 3 of IC4. This resets the
flipflop at the start of each TV field,
taking IC9d’s pin 11 output low again
at the same time.
The result of all this activity is that
pin 11 of IC9d goes high at the beginning of line 305 in each TV field, and
then low again at the very end of that
field and the beginning of the next. It
therefore provides our primary gating
signal for removing the Macrovision
EOF pulses.
IC9c is used to generate the final
EOF gating pulses. It does this by
gating the signal from pin 11 of IC9d
with a differentiated CS-bar output
signal from pin 1 of IC4. In this case,
the differentiator circuit uses a 680pF
capacitor, a 10kΩ resistor and diode
D1.
The differentiated CS-bar signal
consists of narrow (about 2.5µs wide)
pulses which begin immediately after
the trailing edge of each horizontal
sync pulse, so they “cover” the Macrovision EOF pulses. As a result, the
output of IC9c pulses low only during
the EOF lines and then only for the
OK, at this point, we have the 220nF
capacitor below IC2b providing a black
level voltage, plus some positive-going
pulses from IC9b which correspond
to the very times when we want to
remove VBI and EOF nasties. The final
step in cleaning up the video signal is
to put these pulses to work.
As shown, the pulses from IC9b are
fed directly to the gate of analog switch
IC2a. This switch in turn connects the
220nF blanking capacitor and pins 8
& 11 of switches IC2c & IC2d.
In operation, IC2a is turned on during the critical times for the VBI and
EOF lines but left off at all other times.
At the same time, IC3c is used to invert
the gating pulses from IC9b. It’s output
in turn is applied to the gates (pins 6
& 12) of IC2c & IC2d, which are connected in series with the composite/Y
video output from IC1a.
The end result is that during any of
the VBI or EOF gating pulses, IC2c &
IC2d are turned off to block the video,
while IC2a is turned on instead to
clamp the video output to black level.
Still with us? Essentially, all of the
circuitry around IC3, IC4, IC5, IC6, IC7,
IC8 & IC9 is used to produce some fast
gating signals which operate switches
IC2a, IC2c & IC2d. These then “strip
off” any extra sync and dancing video
pulses present on the VBI lines, along
with any spurious spikes on the EOF
lines, and turn these line sections back
into innocuous black. So at the junction of pins 1, 8 & 11 of IC2 we get a
“cleaned up” video signal.
Output amplifiers
The “cleaned” video signal is fed to
buffer amplifier stage IC10a via a 100Ω
resistor. This stage operates with a
gain of two and, like the input amplisiliconchip.com.au
fiers, is part of an MAX4451ESA dual
wideband video amplifier IC.
The output from IC10a appears at
pin 1 and in the case of a composite
video signal, is fed to output socket
CON3 via a 75Ω back-terminating
resistor. Alternatively, for an S-video
signal, the luminance (Y) signal is fed
to pin 3 of CON4 (the S-video output
socket), again via the back-terminating
resistor.
Similarly, for S-video signals, the
chrominance component is buffered
and amplified by IC10b, before being
fed to pin 4 of CON4.
The 100Ω resistor and shunt 47pF
capacitor at the input of IC10a are there
to filter out any transients caused by
the switching of IC2a and IC2c/d. An
identical RC network at the input of
IC10b is included simply to provide
a matching time delay, so the colour
information remains in sync with the
luminance.
Each output buffer amplifier operates with a gain of 2, to compensate
for the 6dB loss caused by the 75Ω
back-terminating resistor in series
with each output (for cable matching).
This gain is set by two 510Ω negative
feedback resistors in each of the output
amplifier stages.
Power supply
Fig.4: install the parts on the top of the PC board as shown here. The red dots
indicate where component leads and “pin-throughs” have to be soldered on both
sides, if you don’t have a board with plated-through holes (top copper shown
above; bottom copper shown below).
Fig.3 shows the power supply circuit. It’s run from a 9V AC plugpack
and uses two half-wave rectifiers (D6 &
D7) to produce unregulated ±12V rails.
These rails are filtered using 2200µF
electrolytic capacitors and fed to regulators REG1 and REG 2 which provide
+5V and -5V rails, respectively.
The output from each regulator is
further filtered using a 100µF capacitor, while the +5V rail also drives LED1
via a 470Ω resistor for power indication. The sync separator (IC4) and all
the logic ICs are powered from the +5V
rail, while the input and output video
amplifiers run from ±5V.
Construction
Building the Dr Video Mk2 project
is very easy, because all the parts
(including the sockets) are mounted
on a single PC board coded 02106041
(117 x 102mm). Once completed, this
board fits snugly inside a standard lowprofile instrument case measuring just
141 x 111 x 35mm.
The front panel is even less intimidating than before, since there are no
controls at all – just the Power LED to
siliconchip.com.au
June 2004 31
Fig.5: the two MAX4451 dual op amps (IC1 & IC10)
are soldered to the underside of the PC board as
shown here. Make sure you install them the correct
way around.
indicate when the stabiliser is operating. The rear panel provides access
to the composite video and S-video
input and output sockets, plus the 9V
AC input connector. There’s no offboard wiring at all – it’s just a matter
of soldering the parts to the PC board.
Note that the PC board is doublesided, as the circuit requires a groundplane. However, unless the board is
supplied with plated-through holes,
you will need to fit short wire “feedthroughs” at various locations on the
board, to connect the copper pads on
each side. You’ll also have to solder
some of the leads of quite a few ICs
and other components to both sides
of the PC board or, in some cases, to
the top copper only.
To make this easy, all the wire feedthroughs and “top solder” points are
marked with a red dot on the parts
layout diagram – see Fig.3.
Note: if you buy a complete kit of
parts from Jaycar, the PC board supplied will have plated-through holes.
This means that you don’t have to fit
the wire feed-throughs and that you
only have to solder the component
leads to the bottom copper pattern.
If your board doesn’t have platedthrough holes, begin the assembly by
fitting all the wire feed-throughs so you
don’t forget them. You can use tinned
copper wire or resistor lead offcuts
for these. Just make sure that they’re
soldered to the copper on each side
of the board.
That done, install the resistors and
the small capacitors, followed by the
diodes and electrolytic capacitors.
Take care to ensure that the diodes and
electrolytics go in with the correct polarity. Table 1 shows the resistor colour
codes but it’s also a good idea to check
each value using a digital multimeter,
before installing it on the PC board.
Don’t forget to solder component
leads to both side of the PC board (or
to the top only if there’s no pad underneath), as indicated by the red dots.
pins of each IC to the board
pads before the rest of
the pins.
Again, don’t forget
to solder the IC pins on
both sides of the board,
if this is indicated by a
red dot on the parts layout
diagram.
Next, install the two 3-terminal
regulators (REG1 & REG2). This involves bending their leads at right
angles so that they lie flat against the
Table 2: Capacitor Codes
Value
220nF
100nF
12nF
8.2nF
680pF
470pF
390pF
270pF
220pF
47pF
Fitting the ICs
The next step involves fitting the
ICs, again taking care with their polarity. As usual, be careful to minimise
the risk of ESD (electrostatic discharge)
damage when handling and fitting the
CMOS devices – ie, use an earthed
iron and solder the supply and ground
μF Code EIA Code IEC Code
0.22µF
224
220n
0.1µF
104
100n
.012µF
123
12n
.0082µF 822
8n2
–
681
680p
–
471
470p
–
391
390p
–
271
270p
–
221
220p
–
47
47p
Table 1: Resistor Colour Codes
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
No.
1
1
1
2
2
4
1
3
4
2
32 Silicon Chip
Value
680kΩ
100kΩ
82kΩ
10kΩ
2.2kΩ
510Ω
470Ω
100Ω
75Ω
24Ω
4-Band Code (1%)
blue grey yellow brown
brown black yellow brown
grey red orange brown
brown black orange brown
red red red brown
green brown brown brown
yellow violet brown brown
brown black brown brown
violet green black brown
red yellow black brown
5-Band Code (1%)
blue grey black orange brown
brown black black orange brown
grey red black red brown
brown black black red brown
red red black brown brown
green brown black black brown
yellow violet black black brown
brown black black black brown
violet green black gold brown
red yellow black gold brown
siliconchip.com.au
Silicon Chip
Binders
REAL
VALUE
AT
$12.95
PLUS P
&
P
These binders will protect your
copies of S ILICON CHIP. They
feature heavy-board covers & are
made from a dis
tinctive 2-tone
green vinyl. They hold up to 14
issues & will look great on your
bookshelf.
H 80mm internal width
H SILICON CHIP logo printed in
gold-coloured lettering on spine
& cover
All the parts mount
directly on the PC board,
so there’s no external wiring.
(Note: the final version differs slightly
from the prototype board shown here.
H Buy five and get them postage
free!
Price: $A12.95 plus $A5.50 p&p.
Available only in Australia.
PC board, as shown. Secure their metal
tabs to the PC board using 10mm-long
M3 machine screws and nuts before
soldering their leads.
This mounting method provides a
small amount of heatsinking for the
two regulators but this is mainly necessary for REG1 (7805), as this device
does get warm in operation. By contrast, the 7905 (REG2) runs virtually
cold but securing it in this manner is
still a good idea.
The power LED (LED1) can be soldered in position with its leads straight
initially, leaving about 15mm between
the LED body and the board. Its leads
are then bent forward by 90° about
7.5mm up from the board, so that the
LED’s body will later line up with its
hole in the front panel.
Next, install the 9V AC input connector (CON5) and the two RCA sockets (CON1 and CON3). If necessary,
their holes can be enlarged slightly
using a jeweller’s needle file, so that
the connector lugs all fit correctly.
Make sure the connectors are bedded
siliconchip.com.au
down squarely against the top of the
PC board before soldering their lugs to
the board pads underneath.
Follow these with the two mini-DIN
sockets for the S-video connections
(CON2 and CON4). Again, make sure
that they are seated correctly against
the board before soldering their pins.
Surface-mount ICs
The final step in the board assembly
involves fitting the two MAX4451ESA
surface-mount ICs (IC1 and IC10).
These are in an 8-pin “small-outline”
or SOIC-8 package, which is capable
of being soldered in place manually
– provided you’re careful and use a
soldering iron with a fine-pointed tip.
Both these ICs mount on the underside of the PC board, as shown in Fig.4.
In each case, the IC is installed with
its chamfered side towards the front
of the board (ie, towards the bottom
of Fig.4).
Because their leads are only 1.25mm
apart, you have to be careful not to create accidental solder bridges between
Silicon Chip Publications
PO Box 139
Collaroy Beach 2097
Or fax (02) 9979 6503; or ring (02)
9979 5644 & quote your credit
card number.
Use this handy form
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for
$________ or please debit my
Bankcard
Visa Mastercard
Card No:
_________________________________
Card Expiry Date ____/____
Signature ________________________
Name ____________________________
Address__________________________
__________________ P/code_______
June 2004 33
The rear panel provides access to the S-video and
RCA sockets for the video input and output signals.
In addition, there’s a power socket to accept the
plug from a 9V AC plugpack supply.
them during soldering. It’s also necessary to solder each lead quickly, so you
don’t damage the IC by overheating!
The best way to approach the job
is to first lightly tin the IC pads, then
tack solder one of the leads to hold
the device in position. The remaining
leads can then all be carefully soldered
and the first lead re-soldered to make
the connection permanent.
Final assembly
The front and rear panels for this
project will probably be supplied
pre-punched, with screened lettering.
These panels can now be fitted to the
finished PC board and the entire assembly lowered into the bottom half
of the case.
The panels slide into the moulded
case slots, while the board is secured
using four 6mm-long self-tapping
screws which mate with matching
plastic spigots in the base (one at each
corner).
Your Dr Video Mk2 is now ready for
its final check out.
Check-out time
There’s no actual setting-up required for this design. However, it’s
a good idea to check that the power
supply is working correctly before
fitting the top cover and putting the
34 Silicon Chip
unit to work in your system.
First, apply 9V AC to the power
input (CON5) from a suitable plugpack. The power LED should light,
indicating that the +5V line is present.
If it doesn’t, remove the power immediately and investigate because you
have a problem.
The most likely cause of a “dead”
LED is that you’ve installed LED1 with
reversed polarity. Check this and if
necessary, remove the LED and refit
it the correct way around.
If the LED is already the correct way
around, then you have a more serious
problem. One possibility is that the
two regulators have been accidentally
swapped over, so make sure that the
7805 is in the REG1 position and that
the 7905 is in the REG2 position.
Neither will work correctly in the
other position and they may even be
damaged if they have been swapped.
The only other likely cause of
power supply problems (and a nonfunctioning unit) is that one or more
of the electrolytic capacitors have been
fitted with reversed polarity. Check
the polarity of the two 2200µF electrolytics, the two smaller 100µF units
and the two 2.2µF tantalum capacitors.
Assuming that LED1 does light,
check the +5V and -5V supply rails
using your multimeter. Both rails
should be within a few tens of millivolts of their nominal values. If so,
your Dr Video Mk2 is probably working correctly and should be ready for
business.
Problems & cures
There are only two possible problems that we can envisage, neither
of them very likely. One is that if the
timing components on pin 3 of IC5b
(in the VBI monostable) are all excessively high in value, you may see a few
black lines at the extreme top of the
picture – and then only with movies in
full screen (4 x 3) format, as opposed
to widescreen/letterbox.
If this happens, it can easily be fixed
by reducing the value of the 8.2nF
capacitor – eg, to 6.8nF.
The other slight possibility is that
the same component tolerance problem might occur in the timing circuit
for the burst gate monostable – ie, at
the input of IC5a. In this case, the
pulses from this monostable might be
lengthened just enough for switches
IC2a & IC2c/d to damage the horizontal
sync pulses – causing horizontal jitter
or tearing.
This is very unlikely to happen but
if it does, the remedy is to replace the
220pF capacitor with a lower value
SC
(say 180pF).
siliconchip.com.au
Review:
Encarta 2004
Premium Suite
Multimedia Encyclopaedia
Electronic encyclopaedias have been around
for a while now and they just continue to get
better. This latest offering from Microsoft
packs more than an equivalent
60-volume printed set onto a single
DVD. It features fast and efficient
content searches, built-in report
building and rich multimedia content
not available in the bound editions.
By PETER SMITH
E
NCARTA 2004 PREMIUM SUITE integrates an
encyclopaedia, World atlas, dictionary and thesaurus into one seamless package. It is available in either
CD or DVD format and runs on all recent versions of
Windows.
Multimedia presentation means that along with the
facts and figures, you also get sounds, animations and
movies. Naturally, this is one of the biggest selling
points of what is now the world’s most popular multimedia encyclopaedia. Included in the 2004 edition are
130,000 articles, 25,000+ photos and illustrations, 3000
sound and music clips, 1.8 million atlas locations and
over 260 videos and animations.
Equally important to content is the ability to be able
to pinpoint, extract and organise the material of interest. This is exceptionally easy in Encarta 2004 with the
aid of a web-based interface and excellent search facilities. If you’ve used a web browser before, you’ll be able
to drive Encarta “out of the box”.
Basic features
Encarta uses a concept called “centres” to provide
casual access to its vast store of information. Each
centre is accessible via a drop-down menu on the main
toolbar. Available centres include articles, maps, multimedia content, statistics, geographical tours, historical
siliconchip.com.au
timelines, games and online material.
For more than just casual browsing, you can use
Encarta’s powerful search facilities to quickly find
what you want. A search from the main toolbar draws
elements from the encyclopaedia, atlas, dictionary,
thesaurus and the Internet and arranges the results in a
familiar “web” style page layout. For example, a search
for “Albert Einstein” returns a main article on the man,
headed with a clickable contents list. A series of related
resources appears in the right margin, including links
to additional articles, quotations, multimedia content, a
sidebar from the Times (in this case, Einstein’s obituary)
and links to recommended Internet sites.
As you identify content that is pertinent to your
work, you can add it to your Favourites list for instant
access later. Even better, you can gather text and media
“on the fly” using the Researcher tool. This excellent
tool also makes it easy to add statistics, charts, tables,
notes and more to your reports. Of course, you can also
export content to other applications if so desired.
Study centre
If you’re having trouble getting started on a project,
help is available in the Study centre. There you’ll find a
Project Starters guide that gives advice on how to write
an essay, book report, research paper, lab report and
June 2004 35
Fig.1: Encarta opens with the Visual Browser, inviting you
to click your way in to its depths. It’s web-based interface
means that anyone can use it.
Fig.4: Encarta includes a comprehensive World atlas with
over 1800 map points. Explore the World using a variety
of map styles to learn about populations, climates, politics,
economies and much more. You can even place “pins” in
the globe, complete with notes for later reference.
science project, to name but a few. To help with presentation, you’ll also find a selection of basic templates for
use with the Researcher tool.
Budding authors will appreciate the Literature Guide,
which helps to explain themes, characters and settings from over 120 classics in literature. Also of note
is the Curriculum Guide, which is intended as an aid
to teachers and parents. Using this guide, you can find
information in a range of subjects suitable for secondary
and senior secondary levels of study.
Internet access
Fig.2: a web-based interface and powerful search facilities
ensures ease of use. Once you’ve pinpointed what you
want, you can add it to your Favourites list for later
access or copy desired elements to build your project.
The Internet is an important resource for study material, but tracking down relevant information is often a
time-consuming task. Encarta’s editors ease the pain
somewhat by providing a host of links to recommended
material.
With its web browser interface, Encarta marries
Internet content seamlessly to local CD/DVD content,
significantly increasing the amount of information at
your disposal. For those concerned about content on
the ’net, you can enable the parental controls option to
ensure only “family-friendly” hits are returned.
Encarta can be updated on-line for one year from date
of release at no additional cost. For this edition, the cutoff date is October 2004.
Learning can be fun!
Fig.3: the Timeline is an intuitive and engaging way of
discovering related events in history. Clicking on any
hotspot opens a short text description, complete with
links to related material.
36 Silicon Chip
As well as direct access to information through Encarta’s search facilities, Microsoft has included several
other interesting ways of exploring encyclopaedia
content. For example, the Interactive Timeline allows
you to scroll through time from Earth’s geological beginnings right up to the present. Historical periods and
events appear as horizontal strands of time, each clickable to reveal a short text description along with links
to related material. Importantly, multiple strands are
“overlaid”, allowing you to see how these periods and
events interrelate.
New to this version of Encarta is the Visual Browser,
siliconchip.com.au
another way of exploring a particular topic in depth.
Essentially, it’s just a series of animated graphical links
related to the displayed topic. Nevertheless, it provides
a unique way of exploring interrelated information,
especially if you’re looking for inspiration or just enjoy
browsing.
Found in the Tours centre, “Map Treks” are an interesting and informative way of exploring any region on
the globe. Based on a variety of map styles from Encarta’s atlas, you can learn all about populations, climates,
politics, economies and much more.
If all that sounds a little boring, then check out historic cities and places or take a field trip in the 2-D Tours
section. Here you’ll find Mount Everest, the Serengeti
Plane, Prague, the Kremlin and even the Space Shuttle,
to name a few. Each tour incorporates a map of your
route, a series of photos and 360° panoramic images
that showcase the multimedia content of Encarta.
Ancient ruins
Fig.5: explore man-made and natural wonders and
famous cities in the 2-D Tours centre. 360° panoramic
images really bring the experience to life.
If that’s not enough, you can visit ancient ruins and
landmarks from the past in the 3-D Tours section. With
a few mouse clicks, enter tombs in Ramses II’s temple
in Abu Simbel, navigate the passages of the Colosseum
in Rome or visit Beaumaris Castle in North Wales.
Younger students will appreciate the quizzes and
interactivities in the Games centre. There you can explore a variety of different topics such as insect structure, world music and natural wonders.
As a bonus, the 2004 edition includes 20 high-quality
videos from the Discovery Channel. Watch animals in
their natural habitat, see where electricity comes from
or learn how stars evolve. Note, however, that you’ll
need the DVD version of the product to get all 20 videos.
Summary
This review has focused on the Premium Suite release of Encarta 2004. Cut-down versions with less content are also available but at the recently reduced RRP
of $129.95, we think that most will opt for “the works”.
At this price, it has to be one of the best educational
products on the market.
A complete list of system requirements appears below. Note that when installing the product, you have a
choice of a minimum or full installation. A full installation copies the entire contents to your hard disk drive,
speeding access and eliminating the need to continually
switch discs during use. This is by far the preferred
method but does require about 2GB of free drive space.
Fig.6: interactivities help make the learning experience
more memorable. In this anatomy study, any of the 10
body systems can be displayed by clicking on the relevant
buttons.
The CD version ships on four CDs, whereas the DVD
version requires only a single disc. If your PC reads
DVDs, get the DVD version. This eliminates potential
disk swapping and you get the full complement of
SC
videos as well.
System Requirements
•
•
•
•
•
Windows 98/ME/2000/XP
333MHz or faster processor (500MHz recommended)
64MB of RAM (128MB for Windows 2000 and XP)
Super VGA, 16-bit or higher supporting 800 x 600
screen resolution
4MB or more of video memory
siliconchip.com.au
•
•
•
•
•
260MB hard drive space minimum
Quad-speed CD-ROM drive (CD version) or DVDROM drive (DVD version)
16-bit sound card with speakers or headphones
Internet Explorer 6.0 or later (included on CD,
requires 100MB additional hard disk space)
Access to the Internet
June 2004 37
Open doors & control security systems with this
RFID
Security
Module
Tired of fumbling in the dark for your keys?
Can’t find the keyhole on a moonless night?
Or perhaps you’re just irritated by having to
punch in a code each time you want to arm or
disarm your security system? End all these little
annoyances with a wave of your hand and our
state-of-the-art RFID Security Module!
By PETER SMITH
M
ANY HOME SECURITY
systems include a keypad
situated at the main point of
entry or exit. More complex systems
may also include a battery-powered
remote control device. While these
systems have their own merits, they
can also be more than a little inconvenient.
Having to punch in a code repeatedly can be quite irritating, as can
the discovery that the batteries in the
remote have finally given up the ghost!
This new point-of-entry system solves
these problems because it requires no
physical contact and no batteries.
Essentially, the system consists of a
reader module and one or more “tags”.
Based on RFID (Radio Frequency Identity) technology, each tag is encoded
with a unique identity.
38 Silicon Chip
When a tag is brought within range
of the reader, it is energised by the
reader’s magnetic field. It then transmits its unique code to the reader,
which validates the code and arms
or disarms the alarm system accordingly.
This system also includes the ability to operate an electric door strike.
A simple wave of your hand and
an “Open Sesame” incantation are
all that are required for the door to
your castle to spring open! Well – the
“Open Sesame” incantation isn’t really
necessary.
System overview
The RFID Security Module is built
on a single PC board measuring just 50
x 70mm. In fact, it’s small enough to be
concealed behind a standard Clipsal
wall plate or similar. It can be operated
as a stand-alone keyless entry system
or as part of a larger alarm system.
Three open-collector outputs and a
single digital input are accessible via
a 4-way terminal block. One of the
outputs is designed to drive a 12V DC
solenoid-actuated door strike. These
are available from major kit suppliers
and most security equipment resellers.
The two remaining outputs can be
hooked into an existing alarm system
to supplement or replace an existing
point-of-entry keypad or other remote
control device.
The digital input can be wired to a
tamper switch to detect removal of the
cover or the unit from the wall.
To cater for varying installations, the
module can be programmed to operate
in one of four modes, as follows:
Mode 1: no alarm features (keyless
entry only), door strike energised on
tag validation.
Mode 2: alarm operation, door strike
energised on disarming.
Mode 3: alarm operation, door strike
energised on arming.
Mode 4: alarm operation, door strike
energised on arming and disarming.
In most cases, the RFID module
will be mounted outside the protected
perimeter, so you’ll want the strike to
be energised on disarming (mode 2).
The desired operating mode is selected
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: a hybrid RFID reader module (IC2) from ID Innovations contains all the
tag reading electronics. Tag validation and alarm functions are handled by an
Atmel AT90S2313 microcontroller (IC1).
by performing a simple initialisation
procedure, as we’ll see a little further
on.
Alarm connections
Before examining the operation of
the module in some detail, let’s take a
closer look at the two open-collector
outputs and the digital input mentioned above.
We’ve labelled the first output
“armed”. It is intended for connection
to the main control unit to control
siliconchip.com.au
system arming and disarming. The
polarity of this output is jumper selectable to match the control unit’s
input requirements (see Table 2).
Note: not all commercial alarm
systems provide an arm/disarm input,
as necessary for use with this system.
Consult your alarm system’s manual
to determine its suitability.
Alternatively, this output can be
used to control an engine immobiliser
circuit for older vehicles that do not
already have such a device. A suitable
immobiliser circuit was described in
the December 1998 & January 1999
issues of SILICON CHIP.
The second output of interest is
labelled “alarm”. It can be wired to a
normally open input on the main control unit to signal an alarm condition.
This output is switched on when the
tamper circuit is activated (see below)
and also when three consecutive unknown tag IDs are detected.
An on-board piezo buzzer beeps
and a LED flashes for the duration of
an alarm, which is set at five minutes.
After the alarm period, the “alarm”
output is switched off but the LED
continues to flash at a fast rate until
June 2004 39
Fig.2: REG1 & diode D2 must be mounted on the
copper side of the board, as shown here. Attach
REG1 to the board using an M3 screw, nut and
washer before soldering its leads.
the module is disarmed.
For stand-alone use, the “alarm”
output can be used to drive a 12V DC
siren with a rating of 600mA or less.
For larger loads, this output can also
be used to drive a 12V relay.
Tamper protection
If the module is mounted in an accessible location, it’s quite possible
that someone may try to detach the
assembly or remove a cover in an
attempt to bypass security. For this
reason, we’ve included a tamper function that can be used to detect such
interference.
The digital input, which we’ve labelled “tamper switch”, can be wired
to one side of a tamper switch, reed
Main Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Contactless operation
90-100mm detection range
No batteries (in tags) to go
flat
Stores up to 24 tag ID codes
Easy tag addition & removal
Works through any nonmetallic material
Audio feedback via on-board
beeper
Tamper detection
Arm & alarm outputs
Electric door strike output
Suitable for home or car use
Requires 12V DC <at> 40mA
(nominal)
40 Silicon Chip
Fig.3: follow this diagram closely when assembling the
PC board. The 4-way terminal block (CON2) is made by
snapping two 2-way blocks together. Take care with the
orientation of all polarised components.
switch or mercury switch, depending on the installation. The other
side of the switch goes to the ground
(negative) input – see Fig.6(d). Either
normally open or normally closed
switches can be accommodated, as
the module automatically configures
itself to suit at power up.
Obviously, the idea is that if the
module is dismounted (or the cover
removed), the switch contacts open
(or close), changing the state of the
switch input. Assuming the module is
armed, this generates an instant alarm
condition.
How it works
All of the electronics necessary
for tag reading are contained within
a single epoxy-encapsulated module
from ID Innovations. The ID-12, as it’s
named, even includes the field coil,
making this an extremely compact and
easy-to-assemble project.
A continuous 125kHz carrier signal is radiated from the ID-12’s coil
while ever power is applied. When a
tag is brought within range, its field
coil is magnetically coupled to the
reader’s coil, inducing an AC voltage across it.
Most 125kHz read-only tags contain
just a single IC along with the coil
itself, which consists of many turns
of super-fine copper wire. To reduce
overall size, the coils used in miniature
glass and epoxy-encapsulated tags are
wound on tiny ferrite cores.
Included in the IC in the tag are
circuits to rectify and filter the voltage from the coil, to provide operating
power. Once sufficient power has been
stored, the tag transmits its 40-bit ID
code by low-frequency modulation of
the reader’s carrier signal.
For those interested, the data stream
is Manchester encoded and transmitted using an ASK (amplitude shift
keying) modulation method. To learn
more about how this works, refer to the
RFID feature in the July 2003 issue of
SILICON CHIP.
As shown on the circuit diagram
(Fig.1), the interface between the ID-12
reader (IC2) and the rest of the circuit
is very simple indeed.
Whenever the reader receives a tag
transmission, it formats the 40-bit
code into five 8-bit bytes and adds
a few bytes for synchronisation and
integrity checking. The entire “frame”
is then transmitted in serial format
from pin 9.
Three different industry-standard
transmission formats are supported,
selectable by connecting pin 7 to
various points. By grounding this pin,
our design uses a 9600 bps (bits per
second) ASCII format.
Atmel microcontroller
Serial data from pin 9 of the ID-12
You can easily make 2-way and 4-way
pin headers for JP1 and JP2-3 by
cutting down a longer strip.
siliconchip.com.au
is pumped into pin 2 of an Atmel
AT90S2313 microcontroller (IC1). Essentially, the program running in this
IC is responsible for receiving the data
and deciding what action to take.
Under program control, the incoming data is reassembled back into
byte-sized chunks and a check is
made to see if the ID code matches any
of the codes stored in the on-board
memory (EEPROM). What happens
next depends on the selected operating mode.
Three output bits (PD4-PD6) drive
the base circuits of switching transistors Q1-Q3. If an ID match is found,
the microcontroller can switch Q1 on
or off to arm or disarm a main alarm
system. In addition, it can switch Q3
on for a short period to energise a
door strike.
Alternatively, if the ID code is not
recognised, then an alarm might be
triggered by switching Q2 on. The exact sequence depends on the operating
mode and the current alarm state, as
described previously.
Diodes D2 & D3 are included to
protect transistors Q2 & Q3 from the
back-EMF spike induced by relay and
door strike solenoids.
The two remaining outputs (PB1 &
PB7) used in this design drive LED1
and a piezo buzzer to provide user
feedback.
On the input side, tamper detection
is provided by sensing a level change
on the PD3 input bit. During power up,
the microcontroller reads this input
and stores its state. This method allows
either normally open (NO) or normally
closed (NC) tamper switches to be
used. If the tamper switch changes
state while the system is armed, Q2 is
switched on to signal an alarm.
Three input bits (PD1, PD2 & PB0)
allow user selection of various program options (see Table 2). Like the
PD3 input, these inputs are pulled
high internally. Therefore, installing a
jumper shunt changes the respective
pin state from a logic high (5V) to a
logic low (0V).
Parts List
Power supply
1 PC board, code 03106041,
51mm x 71mm
3 2-way 5mm/5.08mm terminal
blocks (CON1, CON2)
1 6-way 2.54mm DIL header
(JP1 - JP3)
3 jumper shunts
1 20-pin IC socket
4 M3 x 10mm tapped nylon
spacers
5 M3 x 6mm pan head screws
1 M3 nut & washer
EM4001 compatible 125kHz
RFID tags to suit (see text)
1 miniature PC mount piezo
buzzer (PZ1) (Altronics S
6104 or equivalent)
The unit can be powered from any
12V DC power supply (eg, a plugpack)
and this is applied to the module
via CON1. Series diode D1 prevents
damage to all components except Q2,
Q3, D2 & D3 in the case of reverseconnected power leads.
A 10Ω resistor and 16V zener diode
(ZD1) protect the regulator’s input
from the high-voltage transients that
typically occur in an automotive environment. A 7805 3-terminal regulator
(REG1) converts the input to a wellregulated 5V output with the aid of
two 100µF filter capacitors.
Finally, an under-voltage sensing
circuit based on IC3 holds the microcontroller’s reset pin low whenever the
supply voltage is below about 4.6V.
This prevents inadvertent writes to
the on-board EEPROM during power
up and power down.
Semiconductors
1 AT90S2313-4 (or -10) microcontroller, programmed with
RFID.HEX
1 ID Innovations ID-12 RFID
module (IC2) (Adilam Electronics)
1 MC34064P-5 under-voltage
sensor (IC3) (Altronics
Z-7252)
1 4MHz crystal, HC49 package
(X1)
2 BC337 NPN transistors (Q1,
Q2)
1 BD681 NPN Darlington
transistor (Q3)
3 1N4004 diodes (D1-D3)
1 1N4745A 16V 1W zener diode
(ZD1)
1 3mm high intensity red LED
(LED1)
Construction
In order to minimise the module’s
overall size, two components (REG1 &
D2) are mounted on the bottom (copper) side of the PC board. These must
be installed first, as shown in Fig.2.
Bend the leads of the regulator
(REG1) at 90° about 5mm from the
body so that, when it is installed, the
hole in its mounting tab lines up with
the hole in the PC board. Attach the
regulator firmly to the board with an
M3 x 6mm screw, nut & washer before
soldering the leads.
Diode D2 must be installed with
its banded (cathode) end oriented
as shown. With both REG1 & D2 in
place, turn the board over and cut off
the protruding component leads flush
with the PC board surface.
Next, on the top side of the board,
install all the low-profile components
first, starting with the resistors and diodes. Again, the diodes (D1 & D3 and
Capacitors
2 100µF 16V PC electrolytic
2 100nF 50V monolithic ceramic
2 22pF 50V ceramic disc
Resistors (0.25W 1%)
2 10kΩ
1 150Ω
2 1kΩ
1 10Ω 1W 5%
1 220Ω
Table 1: Resistor Colour Codes
o
o
o
o
o
o
siliconchip.com.au
No.
2
2
1
1
1
Value
10kΩ
1kΩ
220Ω
150Ω
10Ω
4-Band Code (1%)
brown black orange brown
brown black red brown
red red brown brown
brown green brown brown
brown black black brown
5-Band Code (1%)
brown black black red brown
brown black black brown brown
red red black black brown
brown green black black brown
brown black black gold brown
June 2004 41
This view of the copper side of the PC board
shows how REG1 and D3 are installed.
zener diode ZD1) must go in with the
banded ends around the right way.
Install the ID-12 module next. Note
that because of the gap between pins 10
& 11, it can only go in one way. On our
module, one row of pins were slightly
out of line and needed “tweaking” to
get an easy fit into the PC board holes.
Make sure that it’s sitting square on the
PC board before soldering it in place.
The ID-12’s pins are spaced on 2mm
centres, which means that there’s very
little space between the pads. After
soldering, use your multimeter to do
a continuity test between adjacent
pins, to eliminate the possibility of
fine solder bridges.
The remaining components can now
be installed, with attention to the following points:
(1) When fitting the IC socket, be
sure to align the notched (pin 1) end
towards the closest edge of the board.
When inserting the microcontroller
(IC1) in the socket, note that it also has
a notched end that must line up with
the notch in the socket.
(2) Before installing the crystal
(X1), bend its leads at 90° about 2mm
from the body. Position it flat on the
PC board surface before soldering the
Fig.4: check your board against this full-size
etching pattern before installing the parts.
leads. That done, its metal can should
be affixed to the board with a blob of
hot melt glue, contact adhesive or
similar.
(3) Be careful not to confuse the
BC337 transistors (Q1 & Q2) with
the MC34064-5 under-voltage sensor
(IC3), as both devices are supplied in
TO-92 packages. The “flat” sides of
these devices must go in as shown.
For transistor Q3, the metallised (collector) side must face the power-input
connector (CON1).
(4) The two 100µF capacitors and
piezo buzzer (PZ1) are polarised devices and must be inserted with their
positive leads aligned as indicated by
the “+” markings on the overlay.
(5) The mounting arrangements
for LED1 will vary, depending on the
chosen enclosure. If its lead length is
sufficient for it to extend all the way
through the front panel, it can be soldered directly in position.
Alternatively, it can be attached to
the board via short lengths of lightduty hook-up wire and glued into
place in the enclosure. Twist the wires
tightly together to minimise noise
pickup from the ID-12 module. Note
the orientation of the flat (cathode)
side, which is shown facing JP1 on
the overlay diagram.
Microcontroller firmware
If you’re assembling this project
from a kit of parts, then the microcontroller (IC1) will already have been
programmed. On the other hand, if
you’ve sourced all the parts yourself,
then you’ll also need to program this
device. The necessary code (RFID.
HEX) is available from the download
area of the SILICON CHIP web site at
www.siliconchip.com.au
Initialising the module
Before using the module, the desired
operating mode must be set and at least
one ID programmed. Let’s see how this
is achieved.
The operating mode is selected by
installing a jumper shunt on JP1 and
connecting a wire link between two
terminals of CON2. Fig.5 shows which
terminals to link for each of the four
modes. No link should be installed if
Mode 1 operation is desired.
Once the link (if needed) and jumper
are in place, connect 12V DC to the
power input terminals (CON1). Be
particularly careful that you have the
Fig.5: a temporary wire link
must be inserted in the 4-way
terminal block as part of the
initialisation procedure, in
order to select Mode 2, 3 or
4. If you don’t need the door
strike function, then it’s not
important which alarm mode
you choose.
42 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.6(a): an electric door strike can
be connected for easy access to
your home.
Fig.6(c): basic alarm functionality
can be achieved by connecting a
siren directly to the “alarm” output.
Alternatively, this output can drive a
12V relay.
Fig.6(b): the “arm” and “alarm”
outputs can be used to interface
the module to an existing alarm
system. The “arm” output can also
be used with an engine immobiliser
circuit in a car. The SILICON CHIP
Engine Immobiliser requires a
2.2kΩ pull-up resistor (shown in
grey) to +12V, with JP2 removed to
select a low output when armed.
positive and negative leads around the
right way, otherwise transistors Q2 &
Q3 (and perhaps diodes D2 & D3) will
self-destruct!
Assuming all is well, the module
will immediately “beep” to indicate
the chosen mode. For example, with a
link between the “door strike” output
and the “tamper switch” input, the
module will beep four times to indicate that Mode 4 has been selected.
This operation also erases all of
the microcontroller’s EEPROM, so if
you’ve decided to switch modes after
programming some tags, you’ll need
to program them again.
Now power off and remove the
jumper wire, as well as the shunt on
JP1. The module is now ready to be
programmed for tag recognition.
Master tag programming
The very first tag that is detected
by the module after the initialisation
procedure is assigned special status.
This “master” tag, as we’ll refer to it,
will be needed when ever you want to
add or remove other tags.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.6(d): a tamper switch in
mandatory unless the unit is
completely inaccessible. Here’s
how to connect one.
Fig.6(e): a battery-backed 12V supply is required to power the
module. Existing alarm systems will already have such a supply.
For standalone use, you’ll need to wire up your own battery and
charger as depicted here. A great little SLA float charger was
described in the March 2003 issue of SILICON CHIP.
Power up again and swipe the tag
that you want to be assigned as the
master. Once the tag is within about
90-100mm of the top or bottom of the
module, it will beep once to indicate
that the ID code has been received and
stored. Now, when ever you swipe the
tag, it’s unique ID code will be immediately recognised.
For keyless operation (Mode 1), the
module beeps once and energises the
door strike each time the tag is swiped.
For alarm operation (Modes 2-4), the
alarm state is toggled each time the tag
is swiped. One beep indicates system
arming whereas two beeps indicate
disarming. You’ll also note that when
Table 2: Jumper Functions
Jumper
IN
OUT
JP1
Erase all IDs,
set mode
Armed output
low when
disarmed
Enable ID add/
remove
Normal
operation
Armed output
low when
armed
Disable ID add/
remove
JP2
JP3
armed, the LED flashes at 2-second
intervals. The door strike is energised
as appropriate for the specific mode.
Adding & removing other tags
Up to 24 tag ID codes can be stored
in the microcontroller’s memory. To
enable the addition or removal of
tag codes from memory, first install a
jumper shunt on JP3.
With the jumper in place, swipe the
master tag. The module will perform
the usual arm or disarm, depending
on the operating mode. In addition,
detection of the master tag starts an
internal 4-second timer. Within that
4-second period, any tag that is swiped
will be added to memory if it does not
already exist and the module will beep
once. Conversely, any tag that already
exists in memory will be removed and
the module will beep twice.
If you try to add more that 24 tags
or if the microcontroller fails to successfully add or remove a tag code
for any reason, the module will beep
four times.
Each time a tag is swiped, the
June 2004 43
Where To Get The Parts
(1). Kits and “key fob” style tags for this design will be available from Altronics and Dick Smith Electronics.
(2). The ID-12 RFID module is available from Adilam
Electronics, who also stock a range of Sokymat RFID tags.
Contact Adilam on (02) 9704 9200 or point your browser to
www.adilam.com.au
(3). Electric door strikes are available from Altronics, Dick
Smith Electronics and Jaycar. The unit pictured at left is
typical and came from Altronics.
4-second timer is
restarted. If no tag
is swiped within
the timing period, the
timer expires and the
module beeps once,
returning to normal
operation. It’s then
necessary to swipe the
master tag again before
more tags can be added
or removed.
If you install the module in an inaccessible location (such as inside a
wall), you may wish to leave the “add/
remove” jumper (JP3) in place. Note
that, in some instances, this could
pose a security risk. If the master tag
is “borrowed” by a would-be intruder,
they may be able to add their own tag
to the system and return the master
without your knowledge!
Installation & wiring
The low operating frequency of this
system enables operation through
non-metallic materials. This means
that it can be installed behind walls
and inside consoles, for example. The
main limitation here is the maximum
operating range.
Our prototype operates at up to
95mm, although large metal objects
nearby tend to reduce this range. When
in doubt, test before reaching for your
hammer and chisel!
As previously mentioned, the module is also small enough to fit behind a
standard Clipsal wall plate or similar.
For brick walls, a stand-off box will be
required as well.
Fig.6 shows several basic hook-up
schemes, covering both stand-alone
operation and use with a more comprehensive alarm system. It’s up to you
to choose the scheme that best suits
your application.
If using the door strike option, the
ground return wire (back to battery
negative) should be run using heavyduty cable, especially for long runs. If
using multi-core alarm cable, combine
two cores in parallel to achieve similar
results. A separate wire from the battery positive to the door strike solenoid
is also advisable.
When used with an engine immobiliser in a car, the module can be
either powered permanently or only
when the ignition is switched on.
The latter method eliminates battery
drain as well as the need to arm the
module each time you exit the vehicle. However, it does mean having to
swipe your tag after inserting the keys
in the ignition.
Which ever method you choose, the
positive power lead must be wired via
This photo shows a
sample collection of
tags, including the key
fob and “credit card”
styles mentioned in
the article.
44 Silicon Chip
the fuse box. The negative lead simply
connects to chassis ground.
How secure is it?
Each tag is factory-encoded with
a unique 40-bit number. This means
240 possible combinations – a very big
number indeed. It’s therefore extremely
unlikely that someone will have a tag
with the same code as yours.
It’s also impossible to use a scanning
device to “crack” the code because the
module generates an alarm as soon as
three consecutive unknown IDs are
detected. Not only that, but the very
low tag to reader transmission speed
means that it would probably take
years to run through all of the possible
combinations.
As with lock and key security, it
might be possible to “borrow” a tag
and copy it. This could be achieved by
reading the ID and programming it into
a read/write tag, effectively duplicating the original. Note, however, that
this requires specialised equipment
not typically found in an intruder’s
toolkit!
It’s the wiring from the module to
the main alarm (if used) and to the
power supply that’s probably the most
vulnerable. It’s therefore important
that all wiring is well concealed and
completely inaccessible without first
triggering an alarm. Note that some
alarm systems can be set up to detect
cut wires and other forms of tampering.
Of course, even simple alarm systems must have a well-maintained
battery backup supply to continue
operating in a blackout.
Tag compatibility
The RFID reader module used in this
system will work with any “EM4001”
compatible read-only tags.
A large range of tag styles is available (see www.sokymat.com) but due
to minimum order requirements, kit
suppliers will probably only carry a
couple of different types. The most
useful tag for this project is probably
the “key fob” style. It isn’t much
thicker than your typical automotive
fob and it’s virtually indestructible.
Best of all, there are no batteries to
go flat!
The credit-card sized tag might also
be popular. There’s no need to open
your purse or wallet with one of these
– just swipe the whole thing past the
SC
reader for instant access!
siliconchip.com.au
S T O C K TA K E
SA LE!
•New model better than ever!
•Clean up video signals for
better copies and playback.
•Removes piggyback signals
causing interference.
•Works up to Macrovision 4.
•Includes PCB, case, electronic
components and mains plugpack
•Some SMD soldering required.
or +65°C heating.
•Powered from
12VDC.
•Peltier device for
reliable operation.
•Holds 6 x 375ml
cans.
Cat. GH-1376
$
.95
•Large LCD for superior
picture clarity.
•Optional electronic door
strike control.
•Quality colour CMOS
camera.
•Supplied with mounting
and wiring Cat. QC-3612
hardware. $
.00
44
499
OUR APOLOGIES
1W Luxeon LED Hand Torch
•Superior brightness.
•100,000 hour LED life.
•210 L) x 18(W) x 25(dia)mm.
Cat. ST-3333
$
.95
59
GH-1375 - 4L 12VDC / 240VAC Cooler / Warmer
Due to our stringent safety requirements, the previously
advertised 12VDC/240VAC version of this unit has been
deemed unsuitable for use in Australia, and withdrawn
from sale in all Jaycar Electronics stores. Alternatively,
the 12VDC powered unit shown above is available (Cat.
No. GH-1376) at a competitive price. Jaycar apologises
for any inconvenience caused.
NEW STORE IN ADELAIDE
1168 South Rd. Clovelly Park.
SA. 5042. Ph: (08) 8276 6901
1W Luxeon LED
Head Torch
•3 level selectable
brightness.
•Water resistant case.
Cat. ST-3321
•Strobe function.
$
.95
We’ve
Moved
69
You can still call us on (02) 9439 4799
2004
OUR MASSIVE 424 PAGE
CATALOGUE IS NOW
AVAILABLE!
You can find it in store for just
$3.95
Tiny FM Radio
•Automatically
scans for stations.
•44(L) x 44(W)mm!
Cat. AR-1770
$ .95
9
AA Kingcell 40 Pack
Remote Control Clown Fish
•High quality alkaline batteries.
•Almost half the price
of small pack
equivalents.
•Realistic looking fish
with full manoeuvrability.
•Chase the fish in your
fish tank!
Cat. GT-3225
$
.95
29
19
•Supports the most
common memory cards
including XD
•High speed USB 2.0
data transfer.
Cat. XC-4853
$
.95
59
18 0 0 0 2 2 8 8 8
Freecall For Orders
•1.5-30VDC <at> 1A.
•Voltage and current
LCD display.
•Over
voltage/current and
short circuit
protection.
Cat. MP-3095
$
.00
199
Mini Keyring Stud Finder
•Locates studs quickly and
easily.
•LED indication.
Cat. QP-2284
$ .95
8
Anti Fog Shaving
Mirror with Radio
•Water resistant case.
•Hangs on the shower
head.
•Actual model is white
Cat. GH-1059
$
.95
Anti-Glare Monitor
Filter Surplus
•Quality multi-layer glass
filters.
•Ltd qty availiable.
Filter to suit 16”-18"
monitors XC-4647
Filter to suit 20”-22"
Both Types
monitors XC-4648
$
.95ea
39
Digital Map Distance Calculator
12 in 1 USB 2.0 Card Reader
99
29
GRAB YOUR COPY NOW
Cat. SB-2332
$
.95
Cat. KC-5390
$
.95
Switchmode Lab
Power Supply
NOW
OPEN
Our Gore Hill Store has
moved to:
96 Pacific Highway,
St. Leonards. NSW. 2065
June 2004
WE ARE EMBARRASINGLY OVERSTOCKED ON MANY ITEMS! WE MUST MOVE THESE TO
MAKE ROOM FOR NEW UNITS. WE LOSE - YOU WIN! SPECIALS START NEXT PAGE.
Colour Video Doorphone
Dr Video Kit MkII
4 Litre Cooler / Warmer
with 5.6" LCD Monitor
•Ref: Silicon Chip June 2004.
•Up to -25°C cooling
•Converts map scale to real
distance.
•Selectable kilometres or
miles.
•Easy scale calibration.
Includes clock, timer,
compass, and light.
Cat. XC-0375
$
.95
19
No rainchecks on items
marked Ltd Qty.
BARGAIN
USB Radio and Remote Control
•FM playback and
recording.
•Remote control
can be used for
many PC functions.
Cat. XC-4880
$
.95
79
Can even co
ntrol
MS Powerp
oint
presentatio
ns
LED Message Display Board
SAVE
$15
Rear View Mirror with Hands Free Kit
Car Boot Extender
•Up to 60 character messages.
•Bright LED display.
•Ltd Qty.
Was $59.95
•Built in 60 second voice
recorder.
•Loudspeaker or earpiece
operation.
Was $89.00 Cat. GG-2120
$
.00
SAVE
$15
•Great for transporting large
objects.
•Includes blade and LED
warning light.
Was $24.95 Cat. GH-1100
$
.95
SAVE
$10
Cat. XC-0190
$
.95
44
74
14
Handheld Metal Detector
Rear View Mirror with Parking Sensor
Illuminated Mini Fogger
•Beeps when metal is
detected.
•400mm long, 140mm
diameter sensor area.
Was $69.95
Cat. QP-2272
SAVE
$
.95
$20
•No more ‘bump parking’.
•Voice recording and hands
free.
Was $189.00
•Great mystical effect.
•Built in Halogen light.
•Ltd Qty.
Was $79.95
49
SAVE
$30
Cat. YH-5425
$
.95
SAVE
$30
49
Cat. GG-2122
$
.00
159
Swivel Bases for TV’s and Pot Plants
Ioniser Pet Brush
Aqua Dome
•Ensure optimum TV viewing.
•Rotate plants into the sunlight.
•Ltd Qty.
12” XC-4644 Was $14.95
$ .45
•Repels dirt and odours.
•Adds volume and lustre as
you brush.
Was $19.95
•Realistic swimming fish.
•Random movement from
rotating magnet.
•Ltd Qty.
Was $24.95 Cat. GH-1210
$
.95
SAVE
$5
16” XC-4646 Was $19.95
7
9.95
$
Glowing Halloween Badges
- Buy Now and SAVE!
•Electroluminescent (EL)
glowing.
•Great for Halloween.
•Ltd Qty.
Scream Badge
GG-2110
Fish Badge
GG-2112
Cemetery Badge
GG-2114
Happy Halloween Badge
GG-2116
Was $14.95
7
SAVE
$5
Cat. GH-1200
$
.95
19
14
Hand Held Body Fat Analyser
Power Jump Rope
Phone Style Intercom
•Calculates your
body fat content.
•Keep track of your
weight.
•Ltd Qty.
Was $29.95 Cat. QM-7252
$
.95
•Automatically counts the
number of jumps.
•Ltd Qty.
Was $19.95
•Ergonomic handset.
•Mains powered, 30m
interconnecting cable.
Was $79.95
14
HALF
PRICE
SAVE
$5
Cat. AM-4320
$
.95
Cat. YS-5550
$
.95
59
14
60CD Storage Drawer
32 Disc DVD Wallet
CD-R Pen 4 Colour Pack
•Holds DVDs and
inserts.
•Leather look finish.
•Ltd Qty.
Was $29.95
Cat. AR-1491
SAVE
$
.95
$5
•Black, green, blue and red.
•Great value!
Was $9.95
4
Sound Activated Cot Light
Surge Protector
Fold Up Solar Charger
•Dual mains and telephone
protection.
•Protects valuable
equipment.
•Ltd Qty.
Was $29.95
•3, 6, 9, and 12V
output.
•354(W) x 230(H)
x 15(D)mm
unfolded.
•Ltd Qty.
2003 Cat. Price
$59.95
SAVE
$12
Cat. ST-3029
$ .95
SAVE
$10
9
UV Glow Pen
•Refills available.
•UV LED illuminates the barrel.
•Ltd Qty.
Was $14.95
SAVE
$5
Cat. ST-3063
$ .95
9
HALF
PRICE
Battery Bank for Digital Cameras
Cat. TM-3040
$ .95
24
19
•Illuminates when
your baby cries.
•Clips to cot or
cradle.
•Ltd Qty.
Was $19.95
SAVE
$10
Cat. MS-4028
$
.95
19
•High capacity Ni-MH batteries.
•Allows longer run time.
•Ltd Qty.
Was $79.95
SAVE
$20
Cat. MB-3590
$
.95
47
Cat. MP-3070
$
.95
59
Flashing and Dimming Torch
Ultimate Utility Tool
LED / Halogen Hand Torch
•Superbright 10mm LED.
•Microprocessor controlled.
•Ltd Qty.
Was $49.95
•A must for camping and
handymen.
•Includes pouch.
Was $24.95
•Strong
aluminium with
rubber grip.
•Selectable Halogen or LED use.
•Ltd Qty.
Cat. ST-3328
Was $39.95
$
.95
SAVE
$10
Cat. ST-3330
$
.95
34
SAVE
$15
SAVE
$10
Cat. TH-1907
$
.95
14
29
5 in 1 Pen
Multi Colour Flashing Pen
8 in 1 Octopus Screwdriver
Electric Corkscrew
•Stylus, magnet, screwdrivers, & a pen.
•Very versatile.
•Ltd Qty. Was $14.95
•Multi coloured LED in the barrel.
•Refills available.
•Ltd Qty.
Was $24.95
•Integrated torch.
•All tools neatly fold into
the body.
SAVE
•Ltd Qty.
$5
Was $24.95
•Effortless cork removal.
•Rechargeable.
•Ltd Qty.
Was $84.95
SAVE
$20
Cat. ST-3097
$ .95
9
SAVE
$5
SAVE
$20
•Soft inserts for protection.
•Easy slide drawer.
2003 Cat. Price
$24.95
SAVE Cat. AR-1495
$5
$
.95
HALF
PRICE
All Types (ea)
$ .45
HALF
PRICE
SAVE
$10
Cat. ST-3092
$
.95
14
Cat. TD-2054
$
.95
19
No rainchecks on items
marked Ltd Qty.
Cat. YS-5525
$
.95
64
www.jaycar.com.au
Online Internet Ordering
960Hr Time Lapse
VHS Recorder
•40 days recording
on an E-180 tape.
•Four head recording.
2003 Cat. Price $899.00
Cat. QV-3053
$
.00
SAVE
00
$2
699
Glass Breakage Alarm
ID Wallets and Lanyards
Cat 5 Audio/Video Balun
•Sounds loud siren
when triggered.
•Can also be used as
an entry alarm.
•Ltd Qty
2003 Cat. Price $15.95 Cat. LA-5008
$ .95
SAVE
$6
•Ideal for security and ID tags.
•Ltd Qty
SAVE
Wallet Pk10 Cat. LA-6001 $2
$ .95
Was $8.95
•Transmit A/V
signals over very
long distances.
•One required at
each end.
Was $95.00
SAVE
$35.00
4mm Auto-Iris Lens
•Aperture f1.4 to f88.
•Camera must have
Auto-Iris controlling
ability.
Was $349.00
•High quality for
best realism.
•Flashing LED.
Was $69.95
Cat. LA-5313
$
.95
49
SAVE
$60
Digital Camera Pen
•320 x 240 pixel images
•2MB memory.
•RS-232 download - lead supplied.
2003 Cat. Price $119.95
Cat. QC-3380
$
.95
Cat. LA-5488
$
.00
849
Cat. QC-3320
$
.00
Panning Base and Controller
•Suit all of our pro style
cameras.
•Ltd Qty
4mm
QC-3340
6mm
QC-3342
8mm
QC-3344
Was $14.95 SAVE All Types (ea)
$ .95
$5
•Manual and automatic pan
control.
•IR remote
control, 500g
maximum load.
SAVE
•Ltd Qty
$60
Cat. QC-3208
2003 Cat. Price
$
.00
$179.00
•420 TV Lines.
Was $149.00
•420 TV Lines.
Was $319.00
129
B&W CCD, Infrared
Colour CCD Dome
•380 TV Lines.
Was $99.95
•480 TV Lines.
Was $299.00
SAVE
$20
Cat. QC-3468
$
.95
Cat. QC-3498
$
.00
10" B&W 4 Channel
Switching Monitor
12" B&W 4 Channel
Quad Monitor
Was $259.50
SAVE
$40
Cat. QM-3403
$
.50
279
Was $599.50
SAVE
$100
Cat. QM-3407
$
.50
499
219
18 0 0 0 2 2 8 8 8
Freecall For Orders
2.4GHz Wireless Modules
34
Economy C Mount Lenses
SENSOR INSIDE
Cat. QC-3473
SAVE
$
.00
$20
SAVE
$50
119
•Utilise wireless
communication between
your AV appliances.
•Small power supply circuit
and hardware required.
Transmitter
Was $34.95
Receiver
Was $49.95
PIR Night Light
•6 LEDs, PIR
activated.
•1 minute
switch off
delay.
Was $24.95
SAVE
$5
Cat. QC-3309
$
.00
Cat. LA-5160
$
.95
19
Security Keypad
269
B&W CCD Dome,
Infrared
•380 TV Lines.
•Ltd Qty
2003 Cat. Price
$209.00
SENSOR INSIDE
SAVE
$70
219
Cat. QC-3338
$
.95
289
Standard Lens
model shown.
159
•B&W CMOS
camera, 4.5" monitor.
•Up to 100m SAVE
transmission
$60
Cat. QC-3254
distance.
.00
Was $279.00 $
•240 TV Lines.
Was $59.95
84
Colour CCD
Cat. QC-3260
$
.00
2.4GHz Wireless Camera /Monitor
Pro Colour CCD,
Auto Iris, Audio
SAVE
$15
Was $199.00
Roof Mount Camera Bracket
B&W CCD Pinhole,
Audio
49
60
•Designed to mount
large housings up to
30kg.
•Total length 700mm.
SAVE
•Ltd Qty
$15
Was $49.95
B&W CMOS Pinhole,
Audio
SAVE
$10
Cat. QC-3424
$
.00
129
B&W CMOS
Was $229.00
9
99
GREAT PRICES ON CCTV EQUIPMENT!
Cat. QC-3442
$
.95
SAVE
$5
9
•The simplest way to set up
video surveillance.
•Transmitting camera,
receiver, and power supplies
all included.
SAVE
Cat. QC-3255
$70
•Ltd Qty
$
.00
•Protect your home
from intruders.
•Contains all
hardware to get
operational.
•See website for
contents.
•Ltd Qty.
SAVE
$150
Was $999.00
269
Dummy Surveillance
Camera
6
Cat. LA-6002
$ .95
AV-GAD 8 Zone Home Alarm Deal 2.4GHz Wireless Cameras / Receivers
AEI 6 Zone Home Alarm Deal
SAVE
$20
Was $14.95
9
•Protect your home from
intruders.
•Contains all hardware to get
operational.
•See website for contents.
•Ltd Qty
Was $319.00
Cat. LA-5364
SAVE
$
.00
$50
SAVE
$20
Lanyard Pk10
SAVE
$90
Cat. QC-3443
$
.00
119
14" Colour 4 Channel
Monitor with Audio
Was $699.00
SAVE
$150
Cat. QM-3414
$
.00
549
No rainchecks on items
marked Ltd Qty.
•Fully
programmable
1-8 digit code.
•Single relay
output.
Was $66.95
SAVE
$15
Cat. LA-5355
$
.95
51
Electric Door Strike
•Electronic
access.
SAVE
•Requires
$10
12VAC/DC <at>
800mA pulse.
Was $49.95
Cat. LA-5078
$
.95
39
SAVE
$5
SAVE
$10
Cat. QC-3590
$
.95
29
Cat. QC-3592
$
.95
39
Two Zone Alarm
Controller
•Ideal for boats,
caravans etc.
•Entry and exit
delay.
•Ltd Qty
Was $39.95
Cat. LA-5590
$
.95
SAVE
$10
29
6 Core Alarm Cable
- 30m Roll
•ACA
approved.
•5mm OD,
white
insulation.
Was $34.95
SAVE
$10
Cat. WB-1596
$
.95
24
Combined
Siren/Strobe
•120dB dual
piezo sirens.
•Rainproof ABS
enclosure.
Was $32.50
Cat. LA-5308
$
.50
SAVE
$7
25
Notebook HDD Adaptor
USB 2.0 to Ethernet Converter
USB PC Security Key
Multi Transfer Panel
•Full speed Ethernet
connection.
•Ideal for notebooks
without network card.
•Ltd Qty
Was $64.95
•Secure PC
authentication.
•Protects files,
email and
more.
•Ltd Qty
Was $199.00
•Peripheral connection from the
front of PC.
•Infrared
support and
thermocouple.
•Ltd Qty
SAVE
2003 Cat.
XC-5171
0.95 Cat.
$
.00
Price $99.95 $3
Cat. YN-8065
$
.95
SAVE
$15
49
ATA-100 IDE Cables
•Round 600mm, 3 socket.
•Ltd Qty
Cat. PL-0962
- Blue
Cat. PL-0964
- Black
Was $19.95
Both Types (ea)
$ .95
SAVE
$12
7
GSM Data Bank
149
Cat. XC-5103
$
.95
29
69
CPU Fan Alarm
PC Ventilator
•Protection against overheating.
•Sounds buzzer if fan stops.
•Ltd Qty
Was $13.95
•Better cooling to
avoid overheating.
•Adjustable fan
direction.
•Ltd Qty
Was $43.95
Cat. XC-5034
$ .95
7
SAVE
$6
Cat. XC-5045
$
.95
29
•Ensure cooling
after shutdown.
•Selectable run
time.
•Ltd Qty
Was $39.95
49
19
•Dual scroll wheel.
•PS/2 connection.
2003 Cat. Price
$49.95
Cat. XC-5058
$
.95
HALF
PRICE
•Transform
your PC.
•Great used
with lighting
effects.
Was $24.95
Cat. XC-4638
SAVE
$
.95
*case not
$5
included
Optical Scroll Mouse
Fan Cool-down Timer
•Multi format media
card support.
•Dual USB port.
•Ltd Qty
•May be display model.
Was $99.95
Cat. XC-4769
SAVE
$
.95
$50
7
Perspex Window Kit
SAVE
$14
Card Reader / USB Hub
•Complete SIM card
data management.
•Portable and reliable
.•Ltd Qty
2003 Cat. Price $49.95
SAVE
$20
Cat. XC-4838
$
.00
SAVE
$50
•2.5" to 3.5" kit with
mounting bracket and
screws.
•Same as our regular
model, but you can
only get two fasteners
into thebracket.
Cat. PL-0755
$ .50
•Ltd Qty
19
Cat. XM-5125
$
.95
39
SAVE
$10
USB Media Card Readers
Internal Card Reader
USB Repeater Cable
5 Port USB Hub
•Compact flash, smart media,
IBM micro drive.
•Two models, •Ltd Qty
Cat. XC-4812
Was
VE
$
.00
$69.00 SA
$30
•Supports CF,
SM, MEM stick,
SD, MMC
cards.
•Suits 3.5" bay.
•Ltd Qty
Was $54.95
SAVE
$15
•Full speed USB up to 20m
(using multiple cables).
•5m long.
Was $34.95
•Internal suits 3.5" bay.
•LED port
status.
2003 Cat.
Price $59.95
39
Was
$79.95
SAVE Cat. XC-4770
.00
$40.95 $
39
Cat 5 Punch Down Tool
•Internal impact mechanism.
•Blades not supplied (see
2004 cat pg 187).
Was $29.95
Cat. TH-1741
$
.95
24
SAVE
$5
Cat. XC-4855
$
.95
39
Adjustable Punch Down Tool
USB Notebook Camera
•100k (352 x 288) pixels.
•45(L) x 29(W) x 16(H)mm.
Was $59.95
44
•RJ-12/RJ45/USB testing.
•13 status
LEDs.
Was $119.00
SAVE
$20
Cat. XC-5075
$
.95
49
Network Cable Tracer
•Multi tone test signal.
•Inductive pickup.
Was $199.00
SAVE
$80
Cat. XC-5083
$
.00
119
Cat. XC-5077
$
.00
79
Cat. QC-3225
$
.95
49
SAVE
$40
SAVE
$80
Cat. XC-4825
$
.95
39
4 Port USB Hub
•Will store in a
dual PCMCIA slot
when not in use.
•Ltd Qty
2003 Cat. Price
$59.95
SAVE
$20
Cat. XC-4816
$
.95
39
Remote Control Alarm Clock
Dynamo IR Remote Control
•Performs an IR function
at preset time.
•Blue EL backlight.
Was $29.95
SAVE
$10
Cat. AR-1732
$
.95
•No batteries
required.
•Pre-programmed.
•Ltd Qty
Was $59.95
SAVE
$15
19
Cat. AR-1718
$
.95
44
Changeable Face Plates Remote Coffee Table Remote
Smart Network Cable Tester
•4 identifiable
terminators.
•2 line LCD,
soft carry
case.
Was $239.95
SAVE
$10
SAVE
$20
24
•Adjustable impact
SAVE
$11
mechanism.
•Blades not supplied
(see 2004 cat pg
187).
Cat. TH-1740
Was $55.00
$
.00
NETWORK CABLE TESTERS SLASHED!
Budget Cable Tester
Multi Cable Tester
•UTP/STP/coaxial
testing.
•Twisted pair
status LEDs.
Was $69.95
Cat. XC-4839
$
.95
SAVE
$10
Cat. XC-5086
$
.95
159
•Preprogrammed,
Teletext feature.
•2 face plates
supplied.
•Ltd Qty
2003 Cat. Price
$49.95
No rainchecks on items
marked Ltd Qty.
SAVE
$20
•Huge range of
functions.
•320(W) x
185(D) x
48(H)mm.
•Ltd Qty
Was $129.00
Cat. AR-1705
$
.95
29
SAVE
$30
Cat. AR-1716
$
.00
www.jaycar.com.au
99
Online Internet Ordering
50W Adjustable Strobe
4 Way Light Chaser
Koss / Ford Headphones
•Variable flash rate.
•240(W) x 220(H) x
170(D)mm.
•Ltd Qty
Was $129.00
Cat. SL-2991
$
.00
SAVE
$40
•240VAC up to 300W per
channel.
•Control module only.
Was $56.95
•Branded by Ford,
made by Koss.
•2 pairs included.
•Ltd Qty
Was $39.95 Cat. AA-2046
$
.95
SAVE
$10
SAVE
$12
89
Cat. AA-0312
$
.95
29
44
Mirror Mat
Colour Wheel
•Ideal for home,
car, and
nightclubs.
•400 x 400mm,
adhesive backing.
•Ltd Qty
HALF
Was $14.95 PRICE
•Suits PAR 36 can
lights.
•230mm dia, mains
powered motor.
Was $31.50
Cat. SL-2961
$
.50
SAVE
$5
Cat. AX-3670
$ .45
7
•Perfectly
matched
electret elements.
•Excellent stereo
separation.
SAVE
$10
Was $39.95
Cat. AM-4070
$
.95
29
Earphones / Inline Microphone
•1.8m lead to
2 x 3.5mm
plugs.
•Black pouch
included.
•Ltd Qty
Was $19.95
•Extends to almost 2m.
•45kg capacity, ideal for PA.
Was $109.00
Cat. CW-2860
$
.00
SAVE
$20
89
Pro Dynamic Microphone
Stereo Microphone
17
Heavy Duty
Speaker Tripod
26
•Ergonomic Zinc-diecast case.
•Unidirectional dynamic type.
Cat. AM-4094
•Ltd Qty
$
.95
Was $59.95
SAVE
$20
39
10" 120W Powered
Subwoofer
•High and low level inputs.
•Auto on, phase reversal,
level adjustment.
•Ltd Qty
Cat. CS-2454
2002 Cat.
.00
SAVE $
Price $499.00 $150
349
Phono / Mic Preamp
HiFi Preamp
150WRMS Sub Amp Module
•5% RIAA EQ capacitors.
•70 x 60mm board.
•Ltd Qty
2003 Cat.
Price $26.95
Cat. AA-0234
$
.95
•Flat frequency response.
•Vol, bass, mid, treble,
and more.
•Ltd Qty
2003 Cat.
Cat. AA-0315
Price $89.95
$
.95
SAVE
$25
•Adjustable crossover
frequency.
•150WRMS <at> 4 ohms,
•100WRMS <at> 8 ohms.
•Ltd Qty
Was $319.00
SAVE
$80
19
SAVE
$7
64
6W Amp Module
Front / Rear Fader
5 Input DJ Mixer
•Great for discman,
MP3 player etc.
•High and low level
inputs.
SAVE
•Ltd Qty
$6
Was $23.95 Cat. AA-0340
$
.95
•RCA input / output.
•No power required.
Was $19.95
•Cross fade, LED
VU meters.
•Talk over function,
mains powered.
Was $169.00
Cat. AM-4210
$
.00
SAVE
$20
Cat. AA-0485
$
.95
SAVE
$5
14
17
High to Low Level Converter
Car Super Tweeters
•Wire speaker outputs to
RCA inputs.
•Adjustable levels.
Was $23.95
•Built in crossover capacitor.
•40WRMS power handling.
Was $7.95
22
3" Magnetically
Screened Woofer
•15WRMS, 8 ohm
impedance.
•Ltd Qty
2003 Cat.
Price $27.95 Cat. CW-2103
$
.95
22
SAVE
$5
12" Titanium Coated
Subwoofer
•150WRMS, 4
ohm impedance.
•Ltd Qty
Was $129.00
SAVE
$55
Cat. CS-2276
$
.00
74
18 0 0 0 2 2 8 8 8
Freecall For Orders
17
Cat. CS-2218
$ .00ea
5
4.5" VIFA P11 Mid/Woofer
6" All Purpose Speaker
•60WRMS, 8 ohm impedance.
•Ltd Qty
Was $39.95
•4 WRMS, 4 ohm
impedance.
•Ltd Qty
Was $7.50
SAVE
$10
Cat. CW-2150
$
.95
SAVE
$2
29
5
•300WRMS, 4 ohm
impedance.
•Ltd Qty
Was $309.00
•200WRMS, 4
ohm impedance.
Was $159.00
SAVE
$50
Cat. AS-3012
$ .50
15" Double Magnet Subwoofer
12" Carbon Fibre
Subwoofer
SAVE
$40 Cat. CS-2350
$
.00
Cat. CS-2246
$
.00
109
No rainchecks on items
marked Ltd Qty.
269
9
•Suits 5AG fuses.
•4G in, 2 x 8G out.
•Ltd Qty
Was $34.95
SAVE
$15
Cat. SZ-2072
$
.95
19
239
Electronic Sub Crossover
SAVE
$2.95
Cat. AA-2029
$ .95
Cat. AA-0500 •3 digit LED display.
$
.00
•4 individually fused
outputs.
149
Cat. AA-0480
$
.95
HALF
PRICE
4 Way Gold Power
Distribution Block
Gold Distribution Blocks
with Voltage Display
•Adjustable crossover
freq.
•RCA connection, 9-16V
supply.
Was $32.95
Cat. AA-0475
SAVE
$
.95
$10
SAVE
$6
Hands Free Headset
•Adjustable boom.
•Ideal for hands free two
way communication.
•Ltd Qty
Was $22.95
Cat. AA-2019
SAVE
$
.95
$5
Wafer Fuse Style
SZ-2076
5AG Fuse Style
SZ-2077
Was $49.95
Both Types (ea)
$
.95
34
SAVE
$15
Speaker Cabinet Corners Pk 8
•Great for PA
cabinets.
Was $11.75
Cat. HM-3830
$ .75
6
SAVE
$5
10" Profile Polycone
Subwoofer
•200WRMS, 4 ohm
impedance.
•Ltd Qty
Was $99
Cat. CS-2360
$
.00
SAVE
$15
84
6.5" Coax / Split
Speaker Combo
•40WRMS,
4 ohm
impedance.
•Ltd Qty
2002 Cat.
Price $119
SAVE
$50
Cat. CS-2296
$
.00
69
40MHz Dual Trace Oscilloscope
•Alternating triggering.
•Practical panel layout.
•Strong metal case.
•Quality lab style knobs.
•Comprehensive user
manual.
•398 x 324 x
Cat. QC-1901
132mm.
$
.00
Was $999.00
1000W (2000W Surge)
Pure Sine Wave Inverter
SAVE
$100
•12VDC to 230VAC.
•Electrically isolated.
•Short circuit &
overload protection.
•400x 240x 80mm.
•Optional remote control MI-5086 $49.95
SAVE
$70
Was $799
899
6.5" Stainless Steel
Cable Shears
•Cuts up to
10mm cable.
•Hardened
cutting edge.
Was $16.95 Cat. TH-1898
$ .95
11/13mm Ratchet Spanner
SAVE
$5
•Makes light work of fiddly jobs.
•205mm long.
•Ltd Qty
Cat. TD-2141
Was $39.95 SAVE
$
.95
$10
29
11
GREAT SAVINGS ON RECHARGEABLE BATTERIES
AAA 650mAh Ni-MH Was
Cat. SB-2444
$2.95
AAA 800mAh Ni-MH
Cat. SB-1720
$3.59
AA 600mAh Ni-Cd
Cat. SB-2452
$2.15
AA 1650mAh Ni-MH
Cat. SB-1700
$3.95
AA 2000mAh Ni-MH
Cat. SB-1706
$5.25
C 2500mAh Ni-Cd
Cat. SB-2464
$6.95
C 4500mAh Ni-MH
Cat. SB-2429
$12.95
D 5000mAh Ni-Cd
Cat. SB-2465
$12.95
D 9000mAh Ni-MH
Cat. SB-2460
$24.90
9V (8.5V) 200mAh Ni-MH
Cat. SB-2467
$12.95
12V Auto Worklight
•13W fluorescent.
•4.5m power lead,
cigarette lighter socket.
Was $16.75
SAVE Cat. ST-3032
$ .75
$5
11
Backlit Travel Alarm Clock
•Battery powered.
•Clock, alarm,
calendar, temp.
Was $39.95
SAVE
$10
Cat. XC-0227
$
.95
29
Matrix Alarm Clock
•A clock in portrait,
a calendar in
landscape!
•113(L) x 62(W) x
32(D)mm.
•Ltd Qty
Was $24.95
Cat. XC-0140
SAVE
$
.95
$5
19
3-15VDC <at> 40A Lab Power Supply
Now
$2.60
10+
$2.30
20+
$2.00
$3.15
$2.75
$2.35
$1.90
$1.70
$1.50
$3.45
$3.15
$2.85
$4.75
$4.25
$3.75
$6.25
$5.50
$4.75
$11.35
$10.35
$9.35
$11.35
$10.35
$9.35
$22.35
$19.70
$17.70
$11.35
$10.35
$9.35
Cat. ST-3302
$
.95
Audible Reversing Sensor
SAVE
$25
Cat. LR-8868
$
.95
74
SAVE
$50
Screwdriver Helper
4m IR Light Barrier
•Dramatically
increases torque
reducing wear.
SAVE
•14g plastic
$3
bottle.
Was $13.95 Cat. NM-2830
$
.95
•N/O 25V <at> 3A
relay output.
•Up to 4m
range.
•Ltd Qty
Was $49.95
10
SAVE
$10
Cat. MP-3090
$
.00
349
Cat. AA-0342
$
.95
39
Cable Tidy Reel Pk2
30m IR Light Barrier
•Control excess
cabling.
•Easy to use,
two supplied.
Was $9.95
•N/O 24V <at> 3A
relay output.
•Up to 30m
range.
•Ltd Qty
Was $69.95
Cat. AA-0344
$
.95
SAVE
$20
Cat. HP-1295
$ .95
49
4
LED Map Light
Jumbo LCD Clock Module
•Ideal for long
trips at night.
•Cigarette
lighter powered.
Was $9.95
•Displays time,
date, day and
temp
•180(W) x 145(H)
x 18(D)mm.
•Ltd Qty
Was $39.95
SAVE
$10
Cat. ST-3059
$ .95
7
Cat. XC-0127
$
.95
29
Low Profile 12V Strobe
Knightrider LED Scanners
•Great car alarm
addition.
•65(L) x 70(W) x
25(H)mm.
•Ltd Qty
Was $14.95
•7 LEDs, multiple scan patterns.
•12VDC powered.
•Ltd Qty
Red - Cat. LA-5090
Blue - Cat. LA-5091
Was $24.95
SAVE
$5
34
•No more ‘bump
parking’.
•Flush mount
sensors, drill bit
included!
Was $99.95
729
SAVE
$2
•Amazing
brightness.
•Mains and car
charger supplied.
Was $49.95
SAVE
$15
Cat. MI-5088
$
.00
HALF
PRICE
2,000,000 Candle Power
Spotlight
•Lightweight switchmode
design.
•LED voltage and current
displays.
•Overload, temp, and voltage
protection.
•220(W) x 300(L) x 110(H)mm.
•Weighs only 3.5kg!
Was $399.00
Cat. ST-3149
$ .95
SAVE
$10
9
Both Types (ea)
$
.95
14
4PDT FUJITSU Relay
12V Battery Guard
•Cuts load when
battery voltage
is low.
•Max 8A load.
•Ltd Qty
Was $29.95
SAVE Cat. AA-0350
$
.95
$7
•12VDC.
•3A NO/NC
contacts.
•Ltd Qty
Was $14.95
SAVE
$3
22
Cat. SY-4012
$ .95
11
Desk Clock/Thermo/Hygro
Hiking Altimeter
Electronic Compass
•Quality metal construction.
•Stylish analogue dials.
•Ltd Qty
Horizontal version - Cat. XC-0240
Vertical version - Cat. XC-0242
•Rugged aneroid
mechanism.
•Doubles as a
barometer.
Was $49.95
•Doubles as a
stopwatch with
lanyard.
•Large liquid
crystal display.
Was $49.95
GREAT
PRICE! Both Types (ea)
$
.95
SAVE
$10
29
Cat. QM-7280
$
.95
SAVE
$10
Cat. QM-7282
$
.95
39
39
No rainchecks on items
marked Ltd Qty.
www.jaycar.com.au
Online Internet Ordering
Kotelyzer Gas Soldering Iron
Gas Powered Glue Gun
Super Drill / Engraver
•1 hour fuel capacity.
•High quality Japanese
made.
•Ltd Qty
Was $69.95
Desk Lamp with Exhaust Fan
•Use butane gas
Cat. NaA-1020
•Uses 11mm
glue sticks.
SAVE
$10
•Ltd Qty
•High speed drill
with plugpack.
•Plastic drill and
accessories
case.
Was $109.00
Cat. TD-2470
SAVE
$
.00
$20
•22W circular
fluorescent.
•Independent
lamp and fan
switches.
•Ltd Qty
Was $139.00
SAVE
$20
Was $59.95
Cat. TS-1280
$
.95
49
Antistatic Soldering Station
229
Antistatic Floor Mat
49
89
Clamp-On Automotive
Tacho
Cat. TH-1786
$
.00
139
•Up to 12,000 RPM, 1-8
cylinders.
•LCD readout,
SAVE
$20
data hold.
•Ltd Qty
Cat. QM-1442
2003 Cat. Price $
.95
$49.95
109
16
69
Clamp Meter / DMM
12" Stainless Steel Tools
•Open jaw AC clamp
meter.
•Basic Autoranging
DMM functions.
•Ltd Qty
Was $94.50 Cat. QM-1545
$
.50
SAVE
$15
•High quality #316 marine grade
stainless steel. •Ltd Qty
12" Adjustable Spanner
Cat. TH-2316
12" Slip Joint Plier
Cat. TH-2324
Was $29.95
79
29
Cat. QM-3540
$
.00
•Great for
component storage.
•2295(W) x 355(H) x
125(D)mm overall.
•Ltd Qty
Was $26.95
Cat. HB-6321
$
.95
SAVE
0
$1
SAVE
•0.1pF to
$29.55
20,000uF range.
•Includes holster.
•Ltd Qty
2003 Cat.
Cat. QM-1572
Price $99.50
$
.95
44
SAVE
$30
33 Drawer Parts Cabinet
Digital Capacitance
Meter
PCB Etching Tank
•Suits PCBs up
to 200 x
250mm.
•Thin design
means less SAVE
$5
solution is
Cat. HP-9530
required.
$
.95
Was $49.95
•Temperature controlled.
•Digital display.
SAVE
•Lightweight pencil.
$40.95
•Large LED readout.
Cat. TS-1440
•Japanese made.
.00
2003 Cat. Price $269.95 $
•A must for
static sensitive
handling.
•2m x 1m x
2mm thick.
Was $169.00
SAVE
$30
Cat. TH-1998
$
.95
SAVE
$10
Both Types (ea)
$
.95
19
19" Rack Panels
Modular Tool Kit
7.2VDC 168g/cm Motor
Stepper Motor - PC Interface
•Ideal for
building patch
bays and more.
•Ltd Qty
SAVE
2U
$4
Was $21.25
SAVE
3U
$6
Was $27.00
•Includes crimp tool,
wire cutter, punch
down tool, many
modular plugs and
boots.
•Ltd Qty
Was $84.95
Cat. TD-2090
$
.95
SAVE
$20
•11,000RPM.
•1/8" (3.175mm)
drive shaft.
•Ltd Qty
Was $12.95
•Suits 4 pole motors
between 5-18VDC
<at> 2A.
•Control via
parallel port.
•Ltd Qty
Was $49.95
SAVE
$10
Cat. HB-5405
$
.25
17
Cat. HB-5403
$
.00
21
NEW HARDCORE ELECTRONICS!
Thermoelectric (Peltier) Modules
Orange
White
Cat. ZD-0401 $14.95
Light Dimmer
•400VA,
inc wall
plate.
DIY Coax Tool
Cat. TH-1875
$
.95
19
Screw Type F Connector Tool for RG6
Backlit Dot Matrix LCD Module
•Make light work of twist
on F connectors.
•Also separates shield
from insulation.
•2 lines, 16 characters.
•Display size 64 x 16mm.
Cat. QP-5516
$
.95
28
Cat. TH-1876
$ .95
9
Cat. ZD-0403 $16.95
Cat. ZD-0404 $16.95
Desk Grommet
•60mm
cut out,
black.
Cat. PS-4082
$
.95
29
18 0 0 0 2 2 8 8 8
Freecall For Orders
Cat. HP-1228
$ .95
9
39
•Cutter, stripper, crimper.
•Suits RG6, RG58, RG59.
•Intermittent use only.
2
1W Luxeon LEDs
Cat. AA-0352
$
.95
You may see a few gadgets on the front page, but this section
is dedicated to what’s new for the Hardcore Enthusiast.
Cat. PS-4165
$ .95
•Up to 120 Lumens per LED!
•100,000 hours life expectancy.
•Fully dimmable.
•Superior ESD protection.
•New Luxeon 1W LED
Green
driver kit on back page!
Cat. ZD-0402 $16.95
Cat. ZD-0400 $14.95
7
•2 pin oval to alligator clips
to suit POWERTECH
plugpacks.
11
14
17
Blue
Cat. YM-2714
$ .95
Alligator Lead for Plugpacks
•Solid state devices that can cool -27°C
or heat +100°C to ambient.
•Require heatsinks, fans, and 12-15VDC.
$ .95
Cat. ZP-9100 33W 4A
$
.95
Cat. ZP-9102 54W 6A
$
.95
Cat. ZP-9104 68W 8A
Red
SAVE
$5
64
Covered Screw Terminals
•Clear covers protect from
shorting.
•300V <at> 25A rating, 12-22AWG
cable size.
•9.5mm pitch.
PCB Mount 4 Way - HM-3162
Panel Mount 4 Way - HM-3166
PCB Mount 6 Way - HM-3164
Panel Mount 6 Way - HM-3168
12VDC Reversible Gearhead Motors
•4.5-18VDC operating voltage.
•Forward or reverse operation.
2.1kg/cm Torque <at> 70RPM
4 Way (ea)
$ .40
3
6 Way (ea)
$ .70
No rainchecks on items
marked Ltd Qty.
4
Cat. YG-2732
$
.95
12
12kg/cm Torque <at> 36RPM
Cat. YG-2734
$
.95
19
3V to 9VDC
Converter Kit
Interior Light
Delay Kit MkII
•Ref: Silicon Chip March 2004.
•Use AA, C and D cells in place of
9V batteries.
•Includes PCB and
electronic
components.
•Ref: Silicon Chip June 2004.
•Light fade-out, simple wiring even
for modern cars.
•Includes PCB, case and electronic
components.
‘Smart’ Fuel Mixture Display
Kit for Cars
•Ref: SC April 2004.
•10 LED indication with lean
out alarm.
Cat. KC-5374
$
.95
Digital Instrument
Display Kit
Emergency Brake
Light Trigger Kit
•Ref: SC
March 2004.
•Triggers
brake lights
with quick
throttle lifts.
Pro Series III Stereo Power Amplifier Kit
Mono Power Amp Kit
Cat. KC-5201
$
.95
69
$4
•Trips a buzzer
at preset low
voltage.
Was $13.95
Cat. KF-4010
$ .95
Ultrasonic Proximity
Detector Kit
•Save $$$ over
commercial
equivalents.
Was $24.95
SAVE
$6
Cat. KA-1760
$
.00
549
•Ref: SC Aug 2003.
•Controls software
via the serial port with
universal remotes.
Was $39.95
SAVE
$8
PIC Programmer /
Checking Board Kit
•Ref: SC March
2001.
•Ideal for
developers.
Was $99.95
Cat. KC-5307
SAVE
$
.95
$30
Fibre Optic
Communication Kit
•A great
introduction to
fibre optics.
Was $45.95
Cat. KF-4810
SAVE
$
.95
$14
31
9
Cat. KG-9158
$
.95
18
Smart Slave
Flash Trigger Kit
•Ref: SC July 2003.
•Automatically
trigger an external
flash.
SAVE Cat. KC-5364
•Ltd Qty
$7
$
.95
Was $29.95
22
2A DC - DC
Converter Kit
IR Remote Control
Kit for PCs
69
12V Low Voltage
Alarm Kit
SAVE
39
49
24
•Ref: SC April 1996.
SAVE
•175WRMS <at> 4Ω,
$26
•115WRMS <at> 8Ω.
•Heatsink not supplied.
Was $95.95
10 Ch IR Receiver Kit
•Ref: SC
Feb 2002.
•10 low
current
outputs, works with universal
remotes.
•Ltd Qty
SAVE
Cat. KC-5326
$10
Was $49.95
$
.95
•Ref: SC Aug/Sept
2003.
•Digital readout of
an analogue sensor.
•Ltd Qty
Was $59.95 Cat. KC-5365
$
.95
SAVE
$10
Cat. KC-5373
$
.95
•Ref: Electronics Australia Feb/Mar 1994.
•185WRMS <at> 8Ω continuous.
•255WRMS <at> 4Ω continuous.
•0.005% THD <at> 100WRMS into 8Ω
•>100dB signal to noise <at> 100WRMS into 8Ω
•Includes FREE soldering iron!
•Includes PCBs, case, silk screened and punched panels,
SAVE
toroidal transformers, and all wiring hardware.
$50
Was $599.00
NEW SOUTH WALES
Albury
Ph (02) 6021 6788
Bankstown
Ph (02) 9709 2822
Bondi Junction Ph (02) 9369 3899
Brookvale
Ph (02) 9905 4130
Campbelltown Ph (02) 4620 7155
Erina
Ph (02) 4365 3433
Newcastle
Ph (02) 4965 3799
Parramatta
Ph (02) 9683 3377
Penrith
Ph (02) 4721 8337
Silverwater
Ph (02) 9741 8557
St. Leonards
Ph (02) 9439 4799
Sydney City
Ph (02) 9267 1614
Taren Point
Ph (02) 9531 7033
Wollongong
Ph (02) 4226 7089
VICTORIA
Coburg
Ph (03) 9384 1811
Frankston
Ph (03) 9781 4100
Geelong
Ph (03) 5221 5800
Melbourne
Ph (03) 9663 2030
Ringwood
Ph (03) 9870 9053
Springvale
Ph (03) 9547 1022
QUEENSLAND
Aspley
Ph (07) 3863 0099
Brisbane - Woolloongabba
Ph (07) 3393 0777
Gold Coast - Mermaid Beach
Ph (07) 5526 6722
Townsville
Ph (07) 4772 5022
Underwood
Ph (07) 3841 4888
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY
Canberra
Ph (02) 6239 1801
TASMANIA
Hobart
Ph (03) 6272 9955
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
Adelaide
Ph (08) 8231 7355
Clovelly Park Ph (08) 8276 6901
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Perth
Ph (08) 9328 8252
NEW ZEALAND
Newmarket - Auckland
Ph (09) 377 6421
Glenfield - Auckland
Ph (09) 444 4628
Wellington
Ph (04) 801 9005
Christchurch Ph (03) 379 1662
Freecall Orders Ph 0800 452 9227
29
99
27
YOUR LOCAL JAYCAR STORE
Cat. KC-5389
$
.95
Cat. KC-5388
$
.95
18
14
•Ref: Silicon Chip May 2004.
•Power 1, 3, and 5W LEDs from 12V.
•Includes PCB and electronic
components.
•Ref: Silicon Chip May 2004.
•Get the best possible picture from
your home theatre.
•Includes PCB, case, screened &
punched panels, plugpack &
electronic components.
Cat. KC-5392
$
.95
Cat. KC-5391
$
.95
Luxeon Star LED
Driver Kit
Component Video to
RGB Converter Kit
Raucous Alarm Kit
•Ref: SC Jan 2002.
•Emits an
extremely loud
tones when
triggered.
•Ltd Qty
Was $34.95
Cat. KC-5327
$
.95
SAVE
$10
24
•Ref: SC June 2003.
•Steps 12V up to
13.8-24V <at> up to
2A.
Was $49.95
Cat. KC-5366
$
.95
31
SAVE
$10
Cat. KG-9196
$
.95
39
39
AV Distribution Amp Kit AVR ISP Serial
•Ref: SC Nov 2001.
Programmer Kit
•6 way split with no loss.
Was $139.95
SAVE
$40
Cat. KC-5320
$
.95
99
•Ref: SC Oct 2002.
•Program in
circuit with
downloadable
software.
Was $45.00 Cat. KC-5340
$
.00
35
1W Audio Amp Kit
Infrared Floodlight Kit
•32 IR LEDs for
night viewing
with CCD
cameras.
Was $24.95
Cat. KG-9068
SAVE
$
.95
$6
Cat. KG-9032
$ .95
SAVE
$2
5
Mini Voice Operated
Relay Kit
Knight Rider LED
Scanner Kit MkII
•Ref: SC May 1996.
•16 LEDs scanning
back and forth.
Was $22.95
SAVE
$5
Cat. KC-5204
$
.95
17
•Allows you to
hear noises far
away.
Was $24.95
SAVE
$5
18
•Ref: SC Sept
1994.
•3 second
release time.
Was $14.95
Cat. KC-5172
SAVE
$ .95
$3
11
Super Ear Kit
Cat. KG-9024
$
.95
19
•Ref: EA May 1998.
•Assists people who
have trouble hearing
high frequencies.
Was $24.95
Cat. KA-1809
SAVE
$
.95
$5
19
MAIL ORDERS - FREE POST TO: Reply Paid 6424. Jaycar Techstore Mail Orders. PO Box 6424, Silverwater NSW 1811
RAINCHECKS: If a currently advertised item is sold out or unavailable, we will gladly issue you with a
'raincheck'. You can then buy the item at the advertised price as soon as it is available. Naturally,
rainchecks to not apply to discontinued, limited stock, or clearance items. See in store for full details.
No rainchecks on items
marked Ltd Qty.
SAVE
$10
•1W <at> 8Ω on a
board 28mm
squared.
Was $7.95
50m IR Light Barrier Kit Parabolic
•Triggers relay
Mic Kit
when beam is
broken.
Was $49.95
Cat. KC-5358
$
.95
SAVE
$10
www.jaycar.com.au
Online Internet Ordering
PRICES VALID TO 3OTH JUNE 2004
SILICON
CHIP
siliconchip.com.au
YOUR DETAILS
NEED PCBs? Order Form/Tax Invoice
You can get the
latest PCBs and micros
direct from SILICON CHIP!
See p100
for full details . . .
Your Name_________________________________________________________
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd
ABN 49 003 205 490
PO BOX 139, COLLAROY NSW 2097
email: silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Phone (02) 9939 3295 Fax (02) 9939 2648
This form may be photocopied without infringing copyright.
(PLEASE PRINT)
Address____________________________________________________________________________________________________
Postcode__________
Daytime Phone No. (
)____________________ Email address ________________________________
Method of Payment: q EFT (ring or email for details) q Cheque/Money Order q PayPal
q Visa Card
q Master Card
Card No. Card expiry date:
Signature_________________________________________________
YOUR ORDER SILICON CHIP PRINTED EDITION SUBSCRIBERS# QUALIFY FOR 10% DISCOUNT (except on subscriptions!)
SIMPLY TICK THE ITEMS REQUIRED – DON'T FORGET TO FILL IN DETAILS ABOVE. WE'LL WORK THE TOTAL OUT FOR YOU AND SEND YOU A RECEIPT WITH YOUR ORDER
SILICON CHIP SUBSCRIPTIONS (all prices include P&P)
SILICON CHIP BOOKSHOP (P&P additional – See below)
q AUSTRALIA 6 MONTHS (INC. GST) ...................................................................$52.00
q AUSTRALIA 12 MONTHS (INC. GST)..................................................................$97.50
q AUSTRALIA 12 MONTHS WITH BINDER (INC. GST) .......................................$115.00
q AUSTRALIA 24 MONTHS (INC. GST)................................................................$188.00
q AUSTRALIA 24 MONTHS WITH 2 BINDERS (INC. GST) .................................$222.00
q NEW ZEALAND 6 MONTHS (AIR MAIL) ........................................................ $AU55.00
q NEW ZEALAND 12 MONTHS (AIR MAIL)....................................................... $AU99.00
q NEW ZEALAND 24 MONTHS (AIR MAIL) ................................................... $AU196.00
q OVERSEAS (EXCEPT NZ) 6 MONTHS (AIR MAIL) ......................................... $AU80.00
q OVERSEAS (EXCEPT NZ) 12 MONTHS (AIR MAIL)...................................... $AU140.00
q OVERSEAS (EXCEPT NZ) 24 MONTHS (AIR MAIL) .................................... $AU265.00
NEW! CONVENIENT AUTOMATIC SUBSCRIPTION RENEWAL:
q
PERFORM. ELECT. FOR CARS PLUS ELECTRONIC PROJECTS FOR CARS (2003)
– last few, some may be shop-soiled, – BOTH
BOOKS .... $21.95
now only $15.00
Embossed "SILICON CHIP", securely holds 12 months+ of issues
Available in Australia only.......................................................................................$14.95
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
PCBs, PANELS, PROGRAMMED MICROS
#10% discount offer does not apply to online edition subscribers nor to website orders
q
Tick here if you'd like us to automatically renew your subscription when it elapses
(ie, 6 month, 12 month or 24 month). We'll renew until you tell us to stop!
SILICON CHIP BACK ISSUES/ARTICLE PHOTOCOPIES
q
SILICON CHIP BACK ISSUES*; SC/EA/ETI PHOTOCOPIES
– includes P&P – $12.00 within Australia; $15.00 overseas
*where in stock - photocopy of article supplied where issue is out of stock. EA/ETI: no back
issues left, only photocopies available. Price is for each back issue or each article photocopy.
Nominate issue and article required: Month:...................................... Year:.........................
Article required:....................................................................................................................
Please attach list if more than one back issue or photocopy required. There is a 10% discount
for ten or more back issues and/or photocopies (no further discount applies).
SILICON CHIP MAGAZINE BINDERS
q
OR
FAX (24/7)
This form (or a photocopy) to
(02) 9939 2648 with all details
AMATEUR SCIENTIST CD NEWEST Version 4.0............................................. $62.00
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN – SELF ................................................. $81.00
BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE ... ............................................ $40.00
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES ........................................................................ $71.00
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES.................................................................. $51.00
NEWNES GUIDE TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY................................................. $49.00
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE.......................................................................... $100. 00
PIC IN PRACTICE........................................................................................... $60.00
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS - KNOW IT ALL................................................. $83.00
PIC MICROCONTROLLER - PERSONAL INTRO COURSE............................... $60.00
PRACT. GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV (7th edition)............................................. $49.00
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK .......................................................................... $61.00
PRACT. VAR. SPEED DRIVES/POWER ELECT................................................. $73.00
PROG. 32-BIT MICROCONTROLLERS IN C ..................................................... $79.00
PROGRAMMING AND CUSTOMIZING THE PICAXE ................................... $65.00
RADIO, TV AND HOBBIES ON DVD-ROM ...................................................... $62.00
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN...................................................................................... $63.00
SELF ON AUDIO (2nd edition)........................................................................ $69.00
SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN.................................................................... $88.00
SWITCH. POWER SUPPLIES A-Z (inc CD-ROM)............................................ $91.00
TV ACROSS AUSTRALIA ............SUPER SPECIAL – LAST FEW! $39.95...... $29.95
USING UBUNTU LINUX.................................................................................. $27.00
P&P RATES:
Many PCBs and panels, along with some pre-programmed microprocessors
and microcontrollers are now available direct from SILICON CHIP.
See the separate page listing those currently available on page 100.
To
eMAIL (24/7)
Place
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Your
with order & credit card details
Order:
siliconchip.com.au
AC MACHINES................................................................................................ $66.00
Subscriptions, back issues and project reprints: P&P included
Binders (available Australia only): $10.00 per order; for 5 or more P&P is free.
Books: Aust. $10 per order; NZ: $AU12 per book; Elsewhere $AU18 per book
OR
PAYPAL (24/7)
OR
Use PayPal to pay
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
Call (02) 9939 3295 with
your credit card details
*ALL ITEMS SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES IN AUSTRALIAN DOLLARS AND INCLUDE GST WHERE APPLICABLE.
OR
MAIL
This form to PO Box 139,
Collaroy NSW 2097
June 2004 53
6/04
SERVICEMAN'S LOG
TV sets that buzz and hum
This month has been fairly routine, with lots
of little repairs, for which I was grateful. It
meant that I could plough along and make a
little money for a change, without testing the
grey matter too much.
One of the few interesting jobs this
month was a Philips 29PT5683/79R
TV set, which uses the A8.0 chassis.
The client was complaining that the
set was dead and buzzing!
Well, to me, that’s a contradiction
in terms – the set can be either dead
or buzzing but not both. Or perhaps it
was buzzing first and then died?
Anyway, it was the latter. The usual
2200pF 2kV ceramic capacitor (C2168)
on the collector of the output transistor
had burnt out and after negotiating the
all-encompassing plastic framework, I
replaced it with a 6kV version. However, the set was still dead, with the
red LED flashing error code 1.
This meant that the protection mode
was on and that there was a fault in
the x-ray, east-west correction and/ or
vertical deflection circuits.
The earthy end of C2618 went to
the EW panel via pin 4 of M61/E61
and then via a collection of coils to
FET7680 (STP16NE06FP). Access to
this module wasn’t easy and it had to
be removed completely before I could
remove the FET which was indeed
short circuit. Ordering and fitting a
replacement FET was the easy part.
Reassembling the plastic frame was
the difficult bit and took most of the
time.
And that fixed the fault. All that
remained was to reset the fault codes
via the EEPROM and the set was ready
to go home.
The humming National
An ancient National TC2086 with
a PBA-M14 chassis came into the
workshop. It’s only sign of life was a
humming noise, so I removed the back
and began checking voltages.
After establishing that the B+ rail
was OK, I soon discovered that the
horizontal drive transistor collector
voltage was all over the place. And
this turned out to be due to dry joints
on the horizontal drive transformer
(T501).
This in itself is unremarkable but
had this identical fault occurred in
something like a Sony BG-1S or G3F, it
would have destroyed the line output
transistor. The fact that it survived is
probably due to the fact that many
older sets were “over-designed”. For
the same reason, I also wonder how
many current sets will last as long as
the older designs, such as the Rank
Arenas, etc of 1975.
The SSB strikes again
I have written before about the
Philips A10 chassis TV sets and the
problems with their Small Signal
Panel Board. Well, it seems that the
problems with this board can also
extend to the later EM1A chassis!
For example, I had an 18-month old
29PT8419/79R come in with no less
than six faults: no colour off air (but
OK with AV), no pincushion correction, no Teletext, no picture-in-picture
or double window, intermittent no
remote control, and intermittent no
control functions on the set itself when
it got hot.
Ironically, the set showed no error
codes at all! Replacing the SSB fixed
all the problems.
However, it should be said that the
SSB for this set is much sturdier than
its predecessors. It’s mounted inside
a metal cage and the connector is the
same type as used for SDRAM modules
in modern PCs, only with additional
plastic supports to suit its much larger
size.
After fitting the exchange module,
all the geometry and other controls,
plus various options, have to be reset.
This all takes time of course and is fiddly. The Service Alignment Mode, by
the way, is still accessed by keying in
062596 plus the OSD Index i+ button
on the remote.
A simple repair
We recently had a 2003 Indian-made
Panasonic TC-21Z88A television using an MX-5Z chassis come in under
54 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Items Covered This Month
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Philips 29PT5683/79R TV set
(A8-0 chassis)
National TC2086 TV set (PBAM14 chassis)
Philips 29PT8419/79R TV set
(EM1A chassis)
Panasonic TC-21Z88A TV set
(MX-5Z chassis)
Toshiba 289D8A TV set
Philips 29PT2152/79 TV set
(L01.1A chassis)
Philips Flat TV 17PF9945T2
(LC03 chassis)
Panasonic TC-68GS90A TV
set (M19 chassis)
Philips 32PW8807/79R TV set
(EM3 chassis)
warranty. This set had an east-west
fault with excessive width and it was
showing the CHk mode symbol in the
top righthand corner.
In the adjust mode, the width could
change its value on the On-Screen
Display (OSD). However, the width
itself wasn’t changing geometrically.
I replaced the EEPROM (IC1103,
C3EBFC000025) and then realigned
the controls to complete a fairly simple repair.
The blue Toshiba
A customer dropped off a Toshiba
289D8A TV set, complaining of a blue
screen but no picture.
This 1990 set was different from the
more usual 289X8M models we used
to see but it took some time for me to
realise this. The reason why the raster
was blue was because the greyscale
was so far out. This was soon corrected to a black raster by making the
appropriate adjustments.
However, there was still no picture
– at least not initially. Vibrating or
tapping the set seemed to make no difference but then the picture appeared
as the set warmed up. In fact, once it
had completely warmed up, it was
very hard to get it to play up at all.
I examined the main chassis very
carefully, changing any well-known
troublesome capacitors such as C303
(1µF) and C317 (2.2µF) in the vertical timebase (hopefully affecting the
blanking and muting circuits) and
siliconchip.com.au
soldering any suspicious dry joints.
Unfortunately, nothing I did was having any effect.
Anyway, to cut a long story short, I
found that the difference between this
set and the 289X8M models was that
this one had a Teletext module. And,
as I quickly discovered, the three large
ICs and the connection socket were
riddled with dry joints (and well hidden by a shielding plate).
The Teletext module had to be desoldered to get it out for access but once
the job was done, the fault was fixed.
A weird picture
Another Philips 29PT2152/79 TV
(L01.1A chassis) came in with the
weirdest looking picture. As far as
the client was concerned, the picture
was “all broken up” but it really was
hard to describe. However, it looked as
though it had a line interlace problem
– there were multiple irregular lines
all over the two-thirds scanned screen,
with vertical foldover.
A quick check with an oscilloscope
showed that the vertical drive output
from the jungle IC (IC7200) was distorted. Unfortunately, the service manual
is hard to use, because you constantly
have to look up “Diversity Tables” to
find the values of the components for
your model (if fitted).
Anyway, after replacing IC7200
(TDA9565H/N1/4), the waveforms
from pins 16 & 17 (S3 & S4) were OK
all the way to pins 1 & 3 of the vertical output stage (IC7471, TDA8359J).
I replaced this IC as well but it made
no difference. I then checked the two
voltage rails to pins 3 & 6. The former
(13V) was OK but the latter (Vlot Aux
+50V) was low at 45V, with significant
ripple.
Next, I checked C2487 (47µF) and
swapped L5472 from another chassis.
This made no difference, so I concentrated on the IC itself, especially
around the vertical output circuitry. In
particular, I checked the components
around pins 7, 9 & 4, along with the
waveforms, but it was hard to pinpoint
the culprit.
June 2004 55
Serviceman’s Log – continued
In the end, it was the output waveforms that provided the vital clue.
They were quite distorted, with significant ringing, which led me to suspect
resistors R3477 and R3478 (150Ω) in
series across the deflection yoke. They
both measured high and replacing
them fixed the fault!
Philips LCD TV
One difficult problem we faced
recently involved a Philips Flat TV
– model 17PF9945T2 with an LC03
chassis.
According to the client, this beautiful 17-inch LCD TV was taking a very
long time to come on and was taking
even longer to give sound and picture though it was quicker when connected
to a digital set-top box (or digibox).
The problem was getting it to play up
for us. Heating, cooling and vibration
tests produced no measurable effects.
However, being an authorised
Philips Service Centre, we are privileged to receive Service Information
Updates and we had no less than three
such updates for similar symptoms.
The first update says to check that
the wires from CN2, CN3, CN4 and
CN5 on the Inverter Board are well
connected via the four connectors to
the LCD panel. The second update
says to check the flexible cable for pin
damage. And the third update lists
two modifications: (1) R49 (10kΩ) is
56 Silicon Chip
changed to 3kΩ (bias to Q8); and (2)
R29 (0.33Ω) is changed to a link (5V
supply to IC U1).
We tested it for a another week and
it is now back with the client.
A frustrating job
Of course, there’s always one job
that goes wrong when everything else
seems to be going so swimmingly. The
set concerned was a 1999 Panasonic
TC-68GS90A using an M19 chassis
and it came in DOA (as in “dead on
arrival”). Apparently the cause was
due to a power surge during a storm.
It wasn’t hard to diagnose the basic
problem – there was no voltage to
the power standby relay (RL801) and
diode D871 had been blown apart,
with black marks going to capacitor
C803 which had also blown.
I hadn’t seen this chassis before
and was grateful to have the service
manual – that is, until I discovered
that the guy who drew the circuit must
have been half-asleep at the time because of all the glaring errors in it. For
example, the bridge rectifier (D801) is
not shown at all, while D809 is only
partially shown and the circuit around
it is incorrect.
Fortunately, this didn’t really concern me at this stage, as I was concerned only with a simple standby
switchmode power supply that controlled the relay. What did concern
me was what voltage to expect from
this power supply. The circuit keeps
referring to an “RMCN-8v”, which I
initially took to read as an 8V supply
for the remote control receiver on the
front panel (ie, the G Board and there
is another switched 12V rail to this).
However, relay RL801 is a 12V relay
(or at least, this is what is stamped on
the component casing), so it cannot
be an 8V rail.
Delving further into the service
manual, I found on page 12-70, under
adjustment procedure, that TPD35
(the output from this standby supply)
is normally 12V but can range from
10-14V. Things were beginning to get
foggy already but not to worry, as my
DMM read 0V, so all I had to do was
improve on that!
This power supply is very simple,
with a maximum of 35 components. It
consists of a negative half-wave supply
which is fed into transformer T801 and
from there to a 3-pin IC (FET IC881,
MIP0210SYITV). Pin 2 of this device
goes to –ve, while pin 1 (control) is
supplied by a rectified voltage from a
separate winding on the transformer.
The secondary of the transformer
feeds diode D890 which is turn supplies the voltage to relay RL801. It
also feed an optocoupler which uses
an 8.2V zener diode (D892) and diode
D891 to give a 9V (approx.) reference.
The feedback to the control pin is first
via the separate power supply winding
and then the optocoupler.
What could be easier than that? A
few quick checks showed that antisurge resistor R881 (1.2Ω, 2W) was
open circuit, while C803 and the IC
FET were both short circuit. I replaced
all three, expecting an easy result but
not so. The circuit just wouldn’t do its
thing and although I did a thorough
check of the 35-odd components using
siliconchip.com.au
a multimeter, I couldn’t fault it at all.
By now, I suspected that transformer T881 was the
culprit. I mentioned this to two other colleagues and they
both checked the circuit out too. In the process, all the
electrolytics were changed, along with the optocoupler,
but we were getting nowhere.
In the end, a new transformer was ordered in and duly
fitted. This was a good move, as the power supply now
began to pulsate slowly, but it didn’t have enough “herbs”
to trip the relay. We tried a variety of other loads and almost
every part was either retested out of circuit or replaced
but it had us beaten.
Between us, we have about 80 years worth of experience on TV repairs, so this was particularly galling. I’m
beginning to think I’m getting “past it”.
Anyway, the set was temporarily put aside while we
got on with jobs until, by accident, I discovered another
D Board (TNPH0165) half-stripped of components in a
corner of the workshop. All I needed was another identical board to make comparisons – this was the answer to a
maiden’s prayers (well, to my prayers, anyway)!
I reinstalled the missing parts on the board just to make
this circuit work, which fortunately it did. Now I could
measure the voltages I should expect at various points and
hopefully I would be home and hosed.
Well, it was not to be. Comparing the voltages between
the pulsating circuit and this one really only highlighted
one difference – one was pulsating and the other wasn’t.
The voltages were almost the same except, of course, that
they were varying in the faulty one.
Disgusted with myself, I tried to make sense of the
figures. The only slight clue I had was the voltage supply
for the optocoupler on the primary (hot) side. Before the
transformer was changed, there was no DC voltage on the
cathode of D883. Afterwards, it was pulsating at about 6V
but on the good supply, it was rock steady 7.38V.
This diode (D883) has an 820pF capacitor (C877) in
parallel with it, along with a 0.1µF smoothing capacitor
(C887). This arrangement then directly feeds the transistor
inside the optocoupler (D884).
I decided to replace the lot with new components and
see if anything happened. If it did, I could then analyse
the parts afterwards to find out which one was faulty.
Of course, nothing changed – the parts were all OK.
And then it hit me!
In mitigation, I have to say that the circuit board labelling (the layout isn’t shown in the service manual) is not
the best. It’s done in shellac white paint and it’s all too
easy to confuse the numbers C877 and C887 at the best
of times.
Yes, that was it – I was comparing the two boards together, side by side, when it suddenly dawned on me that
the 0.1µF and the 820pF capacitors had been interchanged
when they were replaced earlier on. Switching them back
made all the difference and the set burst into life, with the
relay operating correctly.
Now I don’t want to point the finger but I’m sure it
wasn’t me who was responsible!
Let the sound be with you
We had another late model Philips TV come in under
warranty, with what looked like a simple fault. It was a
2001 32PW8807/79R employing an EM3E chassis and the
siliconchip.com.au
June 2004 57
Serviceman’s Log – continued
fault was no sound.
I started by measuring the righthand
loudspeaker and it was OK at 8Ω. I
then checked the sound signals into
the Small Signal Board and found it
was there all the way to pins 10 &
18 of the audio output IC (IC7700,
TDA7490).
Before replacing the now suspect
audio output IC, I checked all the
58 Silicon Chip
voltages on all its pins against those
shown on the circuit diagram. Everything, including the supply rails, was
spot on except for the “Standby-Mute”
pin (pin 6), which measured 0V.
This pin is controlled by six transistors, which are in turn controlled
by “Sound-Enable” (from the SSB),
“POR” Power-On-Reset (from the
11V line deflection power supply),
“Protection 1” (from IC7700’s output)
and “Standby-Mute” (from pin 6 of
IC7702).
I started checking this circuit by
desoldering pin 6 of IC7700 and
measuring the voltage that was coming in – it was still 0). Similarly, I
tried desoldering pin 6 of IC7702. I
then checked all six surface-mounted
transistors with an ohmmeter in circuit
and these measured OK.
Next, I turned my attention to
transistor 7707 (BC847B). This was
switched on by transistor 7706 (BC857B) via R3714 (47kΩ). However,
there was no voltage on the collector
of this latter transistor – so where
was the 0.6V on transistor 7707’s base
coming from?
I tried shorting out the base and
emitter of 7707 and the sound was
restored. I then removed transistor
7707 and sound was still there. A quick
check showed that this transistor was
leaky and replacing it fixed the sound
– well, nearly!
Sound was now only coming out
of one speaker – the righthand one.
However, it was distorted and substituting another speaker showed that
the distortion was coming from the
IC7700. I also checked the lefthand
loudspeaker and it was open circuit.
Replacing the lefthand loudspeaker
restored sound to that channel, while
replacing the IC, which I originally
suspected, fixed the distortion as well.
I guess I should have gone with “the
SC
force” earlier on!
siliconchip.com.au
Is your fridge or freezer
door often left open for
too long? Or does it
sometimes not
close properly?
Ensure it’s closed
when it should be
by building this nifty
Fridge Alarm.
FRIDGE
DOOR-OPEN
ALARM
By JOHN CLARKE
A
REFRIGERATOR OR freezer
door that is left open or ajar
may cause the food contents to
spoil. In some cases, the internal temperature of the fridge or freezer will be
maintained if the refrigeration system
can cope with the open door.
But without the door sealing in the
cold air, it may be a losing battle. Running costs will certainly rise.
Typically, refrigerators and freezers are in constant use in the summer
months and so it is important to ensure
that the door is not open for any longer
than is necessary. Otherwise the fridge
or freezer will not be able to keep the
siliconchip.com.au
contents cool. And it will cost more
money to needlessly run the fridge’s
compressor in a futile effort to keep
the contents cool.
Even the most diligent fridge user
may sometimes leave the door of the
fridge or freezer open without realising it. And tilting the fridge or freezer
slightly backward so that the door will
fall shut is not completely fool proof as
there may be an obstruction inside the
door. The obstruction could be because
an item inside the compartment has
moved or fallen over or because the
compartment is too full.
This is where the Fridge Alarm is
useful. It warns when the door of the
refrigerator or freezer is left open for
longer than a preset time period. It is
great for indicating when someone
is standing with the door open for
too long and a real asset in warning
when the door looks shut but is still
partially ajar.
The fridge alarm operates by detecting when any light enters the
compartment area. Therefore it is just
as useful for freezers (which normally
do not have a light) as it is for fridges
(which normally do). As long as there
is some ambient light which the alarm
can react to, it will operate.
June 2004 59
door is left ajar since the internal light
is switched off via the door switch
before the door closes.
The circuit
You don’t have to house it in a transparent box, as we did . . . but if you don’t,
you’ll need another hole in the appropriate place on the box wall so light can
strike the LDR inside.
The alarm will sound if the light
is present for longer than the preset
period and will continue to sound
until the door is closed. In practice,
the preset period is adjusted so that in
normal use the alarm will not sound. It
will sound when the door is left wide
open for too long or if left slightly ajar.
Commercial coolrooms
and freezers
While the Fridge Alarm is primarily
intended for domestic fridges, it has
its applications for large (ie walk-in)
commercial coolrooms and freezers.
If you think that your fridge at home
costs a lot of money to run, try paying
the bill for one of those walk-in models
that clubs and restaurants use. And in a
busy club or restaurant, it is very common for staff to leave the door open.
Because the door is so large, bulk cold
escapes very quickly.
If the walk-in coolroom or freezer
has a door-operated light, the Fridge
Alarm will work in exactly the same
way as in a domestic fridge. If the light
switch is manual (as many are), it will
warn that the light has been left on.
And if it doesn’t have a light inside,
you could set it up near the doorway
and have the alarm triggered by natural
light from outside.
Note that the alarm cannot be used
60 Silicon Chip
with display refrigerators or freezers
that have a glass door.
Does the light really go off?
Do you or members of your family
have doubts whether the fridge light
really goes off when the door is closed?
Does the little man in the fridge really
do his job? Or is he sitting in there
goofing off?
This Fridge Alarm will finally dispel any doubts on this score. If you
open the door and can hear the alarm
sounding immediately, it means that
the light has remained on while the
door was closed. Disbelievers will say
it’s a fault in the alarm unit itself rather
than the light remaining on. Perhaps
we will never know.
The Fridge Alarm is battery operated
and so does not need to be connected
to any wiring inside the compartment.
It comprises a small transparent box
with the alarm circuit and battery
housed inside. The box is placed
within the freezer or refrigerator near
to the door opening. In this way it can
monitor both the light from the internal lamp and also light entering from
the outside. Monitoring light from the
outside is important since it allows
detection of the door being left only
slightly ajar. Monitoring the internal
light only will not indicate when the
Circuitry for the Fridge Alarm
comprises a single IC package, a Light
Dependent Resistor (LDR), a siren plus
a few resistors, diodes and capacitors.
The low temperature operation has
meant that all components need to
be rated for sub zero temperatures.
The IC is rated to –40° C, while the
piezo siren is rated to –20°C. Other
components such as the capacitors,
diodes, LDR and resistors will operate
to below -20°C.
The battery is specified as an alkaline type to provide the necessary
current at lower temperatures. And
current drain is not very high. When
the circuit is in the dark, quiescent
current is typically less than 6µA and
this low current will prevent the battery discharging before the end of its
shelf life. Current consumption when
the alarm is sounding is a mere 2mA.
Operation of the alarm relies upon
light detection using the LDR. This
device has low resistance below 10kΩ
when there is sufficient light on its
surface and a high resistance of more
than 1MΩ when in darkness.
We use this change in resistance in
a voltage divider with a 1MΩ trimpot
and a 150kΩ resistor across the 9V
supply. Voltage across the LDR is
monitored at the pin 1 input of Schmitt
trigger IC1a.
IC1a has two threshold voltages
which are nominally 1/3rd the supply
and 2/3rd the supply. These thresholds are 3V and 6V with a 9V supply.
If voltage at pin 1 is 6V or more then
the output at pin 2 will be 0V. If the
pin 1 voltage falls below 3V, then the
output at pin 2 will be at 9V.
In the dark
When the fridge or freezer door is
closed, the LDR is in complete darkness and so it has a high resistance.
The total resistance of the 150kΩ
resistor and VR1 is now smaller than
the LDR resistance and this causes the
voltage at pin 1 to rise above the upper
threshold of the Schmitt trigger. As a
result, the output at pin 2 will be at 0V.
Capacitor C1 is held at 0V via diode
D1 and the series connected 2.2kΩ
resistor. Schmitt trigger IC1b monitors
the voltage across C1 at its pin 3 input.
Since pin 3 is at 0V, pin 4 is at 9V.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the circuit is basically a light trigger, timer, oscillator and piezo driver. It’s all based on one low-cost IC.
Diode D2 and the series 2.2kΩ resistor pull the pin 5 input to IC1c close
to 9V and so pin 6 is at 0V. The output of IC1c drives paralleled Schmitt
triggers IC1d, IC1e and IC1f and since
IC1c’s output is at 0V, the paralleled
Schmitt outputs are at 9V. Outputs of
IC1d, IC1e and IC1f at pins 8, 10 and
12 respectively drive the (-) side of the
piezo siren. At this stage the siren will
not be driven since the (+) terminal
of the piezo siren connects to the 9V
supply and the (-) terminal is at 9V.
This is the Fridge Alarm’s normal
state when in darkness. Current drain
from the battery is very low and is
caused by several current paths.
The first is the current flow through
the LDR, VR1 and the 150kΩ resistor.
The LDR will be about 2MΩ or more in
darkness and the current will be less
than 4.5µA for this part of the circuit.
Another current path is through diode
D2, and the series connected 2.2kΩ resistor and the 10MΩ resistor connected
between pins 5 and 6 of IC1c. Current
flows because pin 4 of IC1b is at 9V
and the pin 6 output of IC1c is at 0V.
Current drain here is less than 1µA.
The final current drain is the supply
to IC1 itself and the 100µF capacitor
across the supply (after D4). For that
reason we specify that both 100µF capacitors should be low-leakage types.
IC1 is a CMOS device that has a very
low supply current of typically below
.05µA. The total current drain is therefore expected to be around 6-7µA.
Door open
When the fridge or freezer door
is opened, the resistance of the LDR
drops and this pulls pin 1 of IC1a below its lower threshold and pin 2 goes
to 9V. Diode D1 becomes reverse biased and so capacitor C1 now begins to
charge via the 9V at pin 2 and through
the 100kΩ resistor and VR2 trimpot.
Charging time for C1 can be adjusted
using VR2 which allows timing values
from around 10s through to 100s.
When the capacitor voltage reaches
about 6V, the voltage becomes more
than the positive going threshold for
IC1b, and the output goes to 0V.
Diode D2 is now reverse biased
and the already charged capacitor C2
now discharges via the 10MΩ resistor
between pin 5 and pin 6. When C2
discharges to about 3V, it reaches the
lower threshold voltage for Schmitt
trigger IC1c and its output at pin 6
goes to 9V. Capacitor C2 now charges
Fig.2: there’s not much you can get back-to-front
on the PC board – just the IC, diodes, electrolytic
capacitors and the piezo siren (and of course the
battery snap wires). The LDR is not polarised. Use
this component layout along with the photo at right
when putting it together.
siliconchip.com.au
June 2004 61
Power for the circuit is obtained
from a 9V battery. Diode D4 provides
reverse polarity protection if the battery is connected in reverse. A 100µF
capacitor decouples the supply and
provides energy for the piezo siren
when it draws bursts of current.
Construction
The plastic box needs to have two holes drilled in the bottom (for the mounting
pillars) and one in the top (to let the sound out).
Here’s how it all goes together in the box. It’s a nice snug fit with the battery held
in place by the PC board.
up via the 1MΩ resistor and diode D3.
This charge time is about 10 times
faster than the discharge time and
when the voltage reaches the upper
threshold of IC1c’s input the output
at pin 6 goes to 0V.
IC1c thus forms a burst oscillator
where the output is at 9V for only a
short time compared to its low output
period.
When IC1c’s output is at 9V, the
resulting 0V output of IC1d, IC1e and
IC1f drive the piezo siren with a 9V
supply and the siren sounds. When
IC1c’s output goes to 0V, the IC1d, IC1e
and IC1f inverter outputs are at 9V and
the siren is off. This sequence of signal
drives the siren with bursts of sound.
When the refrigerator or freezer door
closes again, the LDR goes to a high
value of resistance. Thus pin 1 of IC1a
62 Silicon Chip
rises toward the upper threshold of the
Schmitt trigger. This may take several
seconds because the dark resistance
of the LDR slowly increases over time
until it reaches its ultimate value.
It is a rather slow responding device to low ambient light levels. VR1
is included to adjust the sensitivity
to darkness. It is adjusted so that the
alarm will still operate even with very
low light levels which are typical
when the door of the fridge or freezer
are left ajar.
Ultimately, when in complete
darkness, pin 1 of IC1a will reach 6V
and the IC1a output will go low to
discharge C1. The resulting 9V at pin
4 of IC1b charges capacitor C2 via D2
and the 2.2kΩ resistor. This holds
the burst oscillator off with the pin 6
output at 0V.
Parts for the Refrigerator Alarm
are assembled on a PC board coded
03206041 and measuring 78 x 32mm.
The PC board is mounted inside a
translucent box measuring 83 x 54
x 31mm. The box can either be uncoloured or tinted. We used the new
blue style case available from Jaycar
and Altronics.
Begin construction by checking the
PC board for any shorts between tracks
or breaks in the copper. Check hole
sizes and file out the corner section
of the PC board on two corners if not
already removed. These cutouts are required to allow access for the internal
pillars in the box. The mounting holes
need to be 3mm in diameter.
Now install the resistors, diodes and
IC1. This IC and the diodes must be
oriented as shown.
Resistors are marked with a colour code and these are shown in the
accompanying resistor code table.
You can use this table as a guide to
selecting each value. Also it is a good
idea to check the value with a digital
multimeter. Install the two trim pots
VR1 and VR2. These have a 1MΩ resistance and may have a 105 marking
on the side.
The two 100μF electrolytic capacitors should be low leakage types, as
previously mentioned, and must be
oriented with the polarity shown in
the overlay diagram.
Place the PC stakes at the 9V battery lead connection points and in
the holes allocated for the piezo siren.
The siren is mounted by soldering its
leads to the PC stakes. Note that the PC
stakes and siren leads will need to be
shortened so that when installed the
top of the siren is 14mm above the top
of the PC board.
The LDR is mounted by inserting
its leads into the PC board leaving a
10mm length between the LDR and
PC board. After soldering, the LDR is
carefully bent over at right angles to
face the edge of the PC board.
The PC board is mounted within
the case using two 10mm long spacers
to support the outside edge of the PC
siliconchip.com.au
Parts List
1 PC board coded 03206041,
78 x 32mm
1 UB5 translucent box, 83 x 54 x
31mm
1 panel label
1 piezo siren, 12mm diameter,
7.6mm pin spacing (-20°C
operation) (Jaycar AB3459)
1 9V alkaline battery
1 9V battery clip lead
1 LDR with greater than 1MΩ dark
resistance (Jaycar RD3485,
Altronics Z1619 or similar)
2 10mm M3 tapped spacers
2 M3 x 6mm countersunk screws
2 M3 x 6mm pan head screws
4 PC stakes
Semiconductors
1 MM74C14, CD40106BC (-40°C
to 85°C) hex Schmitt trigger (IC1)
4 1N914, 1N4148 diodes (D1-D4)
Capacitors
2 100µF 16V low leakage
electrolytics
1 220nF MKT polyester (code 224
or 220n or 0.22µF)
Resistors (0.25W, 1%)
1 10MΩ (10%)
1 1MΩ
1 150kΩ 1 100kΩ 2 2.2kΩ
2 1MΩ horizontal trimpots (VR1,
VR2)
board while the edge that have the pillar cutouts is held within the integral
side supports on the case. Place the PC
board in the case with its edge pressed
into the side supports and mark out
the hole positions for the outer edge
mounting holes. Drill out these holes
in the base of the case and countersink
them from the underside of the box
suitable for countersunk screws.
The side supports on the other side
of the case need to be removed to
provide space for the battery to mount
between the box side and PC board.
Full-size etching
pattern for the
fridge door-open
alarm PC board.
These are removed with a pair of pliers twisting them sideways until they
break out. Alternatively side cutters
could be used or a chisel. Use safety
goggles when doing this as pieces can
fly out as they break.
Secure the 10mm tapped spacers to
the base of the case with the countersunk screws. The PC board is secured
to the top of the spacers using M3 pan
head screws. Solder the battery leads
to the supply PC stakes as shown on
the overlay diagram.
Place the lid onto the case and mark
out the centre position of the piezo
siren. The siren will have a label attached that says, “remove after washing”. This label can be removed now.
The hole in the lid needs to be about
6mm in diameter to ensure the full
sound intensity can be emitted from
the siren.
Testing
The alarm is now ready to be tested.
Adjust VR1 to centre position and
VR2 fully anticlockwise. Connect up
the battery. The alarm should sound
after about 10 seconds giving short
bursts of sound. If this does not happen, Make sure you are not working
in the dark. Also check that the parts
have been correctly placed on the PC
board. Also measure the voltage at pin
2 of IC1. This should be close to 9V.
Pin 4 of IC1b should be at 0V. Voltage
between pin 7 and pin 14 of IC1 should
be about 9V.
Adjust VR2 for the desired timeout before the alarm sounds. Fully
clockwise will provide a nominal 100
seconds before the alarm will sound.
The alarm needs to be placed in
complete darkness before the siren can
be silenced. Simply placing a finger
over the LDR is not sufficient. Note
also that the alarm may take some 10
to 20 seconds to switch off in darkness
as the LDR slowly increases its dark
resistance. In a freezer, this time might
increase to several minutes!
You can test the alarm by placing it
inside a drawer instead of the refrigerator. Adjust VR1 so that the alarm
sounds if the drawer is opened slightly.
Now place the alarm unit inside the
fridge or freezer and check that it operates correctly after its temperature
has stabilised.
You will need to readjust VR1 if the
alarm is placed inside the freezer. This
is because the threshold voltages for
IC1a change with temperature. Also
the dark resistance of the LDR does not
rise to the same value found at room
temperatures.
Variations
If you want a longer delay time,
increase the value of capacitor C1. A
220µF capacitor will double the delay
time. If you want to increase the alarm
burst rate, decrease C2 in value.
The Refrigerator Alarm could also
be used as a locker or drawer alarm.
In this case, a shorter delay time may
be better. Reducing C1 will reduce the
time. Also an on and off switch could
be placed in the supply to the battery
SC
to disable the alarm.
Resistor Colour Codes
o
o
o
o
o
o
siliconchip.com.au
No.
1
1
1
2
3
Value
10MΩ (10%)
1MΩ
150kΩ
100kΩ
2.2kΩ
4-Band Code (1%)
brown black blue silver
brown black green brown
brown green yellow brown
brown black yellow brown
red red red brown
5-Band Code (1%)
brown black black green silver
brown black black yellow brown
brown green black orange brown
brown black black orange brown
red red black brown brown
June 2004 63
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions from
readers are welcome and will be paid for at standard rates.
Voice bandwidth
filter
This circuit passes frequencies
in the 300Hz - 3.1kHz range, as
present in human speech. The circuit consists of cascaded high-pass
and low-pass filters, which together
form a complete band-pass filter.
One half of a TL072 dual op amp
(IC1a) together with two capacitors
and two resistors make up a secondorder Sallen-Key high-pass filter.
With the values shown, the cut-off
frequency (3dB point) is around
300Hz.
As the op amp is powered from a
single supply rail, two 10kΩ resistors and a 10µF decoupling capacitor are used to bias the input (pin
5) to one-half supply rail voltage.
The output of IC1a is fed into the
second half of the op amp (IC1b),
also configured as a Sallen-Key filter. However, this time a low-pass
function is performed, with a cut-off
frequency of about 3.1kHz.
The filter component values were
chosen for Butterworth response
characteristics, providing maximum pass-band flatness. Overall
voltage gain in the pass-band is
unity (0dB), with maximum input
signal level before clipping being
approximately 3.5V RMS.
The 560Ω resistor at IC1b's output
provides short-circuit protection.
M. Sharp,
Berala, NSW. ($35)
El-cheapo
fluoro ballast
This simple circuit can start small
(15W or less) fluorescent tubes such
as those used in PC board exposure
and EPROM ultraviolet erasure boxes.
As you can see, the tube’s filament
heaters are not used. Instead, ignition
is provided by a voltage tripler formed
by diodes D1-D3 and the two 6.8nF
2kV capacitors.
At switch on, C1 charges up via R1
until the gas in the tube breaks down
(around 700V). C1 then discharges
through the tube, lowering the resistance enough to sustain continual AC
current flow.
C1 then continues to act as the
ballast, with R1 included to prevent
64 Silicon Chip
the three diodes shunting the tube on
positive mains half-cycles.
Adrian Kerwitz,
via email. ($30)
siliconchip.com.au
Listing 1
Surveillance camera recorder
This idea originated from the need to record video from a surveillance camera on a standard VCR, without wasting hours of tape.
The circuit waits for a trigger signal before starting the VCR, which
then runs for a predefined period. Virtually any mechanism could
be used to trigger the circuit, including the output from a PIR (passive infrared) sensor, door switch, alarm panel, etc.
The circuit is based on the popular Picaxe-08 microcontroller
and is programmed to simulate the normal key presses used to set
a VCR into record and stop modes. Control of the VCR is achieved
by connecting the normally open contacts of two relays (RLY1 &
RLY2) across the “record” and “stop” buttons. Some VCRs also need
the “play” button to be pressed at the same time as the “record”
button to start recording. In this case, a double-pole relay is needed
for RLY1, as indicated on the circuit.
The trigger input is interfaced via an optocoupler (OPTO1) to
give complete isolation. This allows the entire circuit to be powered
from an internal VCR supply rail, if available. Alternatively, it can
be powered from an external 12-18V DC source.
When the Picaxe (IC1) detects a trigger input, it switches on transistor Q1 to energise relay RLY1. The relay is held on for a second
or so to simulate finger operation of the button(s). After the programmed time has elapsed (10 minutes), transistor Q2 is switched
on to energise RLY2, stopping the VCR.
The necessary Picaxe program is shown in Listing 1. It is easily
modified for different times and applications.
Important: do not attempt to modify your VCR unless you know
exactly what you’re doing. Always use relays to connect to the
record/play/stop switches, as these switches are “floating” in most
VCR’s (ie. not connected to either the positive or ground rails). Also,
keep switch lead lengths as short as possible.
Darren Michell,
Coraki, NSW.
siliconchip.com.au
'picaxe 08
'PORT 0 = NOT CONNECTED
'PORT 1 = START RELAY OUTPUT
'PORT 2 = STOP RELAY OUTPUT
'PORT 3 = TRIGGER INPUT
'PORT 4 = LED OUTPUT
Darren
is this mMichell
winner onth’s
Peak At of the
las L
Meter CR
pins=0
b3=0
MAIN:
pause 300
if pin3=0 then start
pulsout 4,500
goto main
START:
high 1
wait 2
low 1
TIMER:
for b0 = 1 to 60
pause 950
pulsout 4,10000
next b0
let b3 = b3 + 1
if b3>=10 then stop
goto timer
STOP:
high 2
wait 2
low 2
b3=0
goto main
end
‘detect input goto start
‘flash LED1 (indicates running)
'start relay on
'delay seconds
'start relay off
'this sets VCR into record mode
'sets 60x1 sec =1min
'waits 1 sec
'flash working led
'loop until 60 reached
'count up 1 min
'goto stop sequence
'stop relay on
'delay seconds
'stop relay off
'resets time variable
June 2004 65
Circuit Notebook – continued
Experimental
pendulum clock
Using this design, you can construct an electromagnetically impulsed pendulum clock with a
1-second beat.
On the prototype, the pendulum
rod is 115cm long with a bob adjusted to make it beat every second.
It is suspended on a short piece of
mainspring from a watch, which is
attached to a vertical backboard with
a 6mm screw. The rod extends some
15cm below the bob and is fitted with
large washes at the lower end.
Note that for a pendulum to beat
in seconds, there must be 99.4cm
distance between the support and
the centre of mass of the pendulum.
Between the bob and the lower end
is a 5mm wide white reflector facing
back. Below the rod and 15mm to the
left is the impulse solenoid, with a
core but no actuator attached.
The circuit comprises of four
parts: (1) the sensor; (2) the counter
and solenoid driver; (3) the clock
driver; and (4) the clock.
The sensor is built on its own
small piece of strip board and is
located on the centre line of the
backboard behind the reflector. It
utilises a Sharp IS471F infrared
modulated detector (Farnell cat. 414-
2860) to eliminate interference from
external light sources. The infrared
emitter (IRLED1) must be mounted
near to the detector (IRDET1) but be
masked from it.
The emitter radiates a coded
signal toward the reflector. As the
pendulum passes the centre line it
reflects the signal back to the detector, which then gives a negative-going
output pulse on pin 2. This makes
the surface-mount LED (LED1) flash
once. It also sends a signal to the
counter and clock driver circuits on
the main circuit board.
Pulses from the sensor are fed into
IC1, a 4020 14-stage ripple counter.
The counter’s output (pin 6) goes high
every 128 counts (seconds). These
long duration pulses are inverted by
transistor Q1 and differentiated by
the 10nF capacitor and 22kΩ resistor,
providing a narrow trigger pulse for
a 7555 CMOS timer (IC2).
The 7555 is wired as a monostable,
driving the base of transistor Q3 with
a relatively short pulse width suitable
for energising the impulse solenoid.
LED2 flashes in unison with solenoid
pulses, and can be mounted right on
the solenoid as a visual aid.
Pushbutton switch S2 is used to
provide gentle starting pulses to get
the pendulum swinging smoothly at
the outset. Switch S1 resets the coun-
ter to zero. With this arrangement, the
pendulum is set swinging and when
it is to the left of centre, S1is pushed.
Thus, the pendulum moves right to
left on even numbered counts. At the
128th count, the solenoid gives a shot
pull to the left just as the pendulum
is passing through the centre line and
moving right to left. The distance of
the solenoid below the pendulum is
adjusted so that it does not jerk the
pendulum but adds a gentle nudge.
The clock driver circuit also derives its timing from the output of
the sensor. Negative-going pulses
from the sensor are inverted by Q4
before being fed into a 4013 flipflop.
On the output side, pins 12 & 13 go
high in turn for one second. These
pulses are too long to directly drive
the clock coil, so they’re logically
“anded” with the short pulses from
the sensor using two gates of a 4093
NAND Schmitt trigger (IC4). The
outputs from these gates then drive
an adapted quartz clock movement.
A suitable clock can be made
from a standard quartz movement
by isolating the coil and removing
the battery. See SILICON CHIP, Dec.
1996, page 38 for full instructions or
October 2001 page 37 for brief notes.
This is an experimental clock
so you may have to try various solenoids to find one that works for
you. If necessary, the solenoid pulse
duration can be changed by varying IC2’s timing components. If the
Handy time delay with
relay output
This circuit is designed to provide
delayed relay switching action at
power on. The delay is a function of
the time constant produced by the
combination of R1 and C1.
At power on, C1 charges slowly via
R1 and the coil of the relay. When the
voltage across C1 exceeds both the
base-emitter voltage of Q1 and the
gate trigger voltage of the SCR, gate
current flows. This fires the SCR and
switches on the relay.
At power off, diode D1 rapidly discharges C1 through the 100Ω resistor,
so ensuring that every time the circuit
is restarted, as in a temporary outage,
66 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
suspension is too stiff, try impulsing
at 64 beats from pin 4 of IC1, but
note that the aim is to get the freest
pendulum movement possible. The
Synchronome and Hipp clocks were
impulsed at 30-second intervals, so
your clock could be even better.
In the prototype, the reflector was
the delay time is maintained.
Just about any NPN transistor
can be used for Q1, since after
SCR1 fires, it is effectively out of
the circuit. In fact, the only part
that’s still active after SCR1 turns
on is the relay. You can’t get much
simpler than that!
This circuit can be used to delay
speaker turn-on, so avoiding the
“thump” that occurs in some stereo
systems at power on. A 5-second
delay is enough for this application,
requiring approximately 560kΩ for
R1 and 10µF for C1. Another application might be as a motor protector
in a short power outage.
R. Besana,
Henderson, New Zealand. ($30)
siliconchip.com.au
made from the back of an adhesive
cable clip snapped on to the pendulum rod. The white back was masked
to give a 5mm wide central vertical
strip, giving clean, short pulses as
the pendulum passes.
Current drain is several milliamps,
so the prototype was powered from
an SLA battery fed from a float
charger.
A pendulum beating in seconds is
called a Royal pendulum. Its length
is the same as one in a typical long
case (grandfather) clock.
A. J. Lowe,
Bardon, Queensland, ($45)
CONTRIBUTE
AND WIN!
As you can see, we pay good
money for each of the “Circuit
Notebook” contributions published in SILICON CHIP. But now
there’s an even better reason to
send in your circuit idea: each
month, the best contribution
published will win a superb
Peak Atlas LCR Meter valued
at $195.00.
So don’t keep that brilliant
circuit secret any more: sketch
it out, write a brief description
and send it to SILICON CHIP and
you could be a winner!
You can either email your idea
to silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au or
post it to PO Box 139, Collaroy,
NSW 2097.
June 2004 67
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
Universal circuit fits all vehicles:
Courtesy
light delay
for cars
Give your car that luxury feel by extending
the time that your cabin lights remain on
once the car doors have closed. For that
extra touch of class, the lights fade to
darkness at the end of the time period.
By JOHN CLARKE
A
COURTESY LIGHT DELAY
is a great feature for your car.
It enables you to see to insert
the ignition key and find your seatbelt
when it is dark outside, without having
to leave the door open.
However, many cars lack this feature, particularly older models. When
the car door is opened, the cabin lights
do light up but as soon as the door is
closed, the lights go out. This happens
just when you are about to get settled
into the seat. Of course you can fumble
around and find the interior switch
but wouldn’t it be nice if the lights
stayed on automatically for a short
time instead?
And wouldn’t it be classy if the lights
faded out at the end of the timing period
instead of a sudden switch off?
Another feature that would be useful is to have the courtesy light(s)
automatically switch off whenever
the parking lights are switched on.
This would allow you to drive off if
ready to go, before the courtesy lights
had timed out.
The final feature of this new design
is its ease of installation. Past courtesy
siliconchip.com.au
light delay circuits have presented real
problems for installation because of
the various wiring combinations for
courtesy lights in modern cars.
In presenting this new design, we
particularly wanted solve the connection problems presented by the
popular “Electronics Australia” design
from the April 1997 issue. This design
needed to be built in one of four versions, meaning that it was a game of
chance if the car’s wiring configuration was not known. By contrast, in
our new design, the same circuit will
work in all cases.
Courtesy light circuits
The automotive industry is renowned for its lack of standardisation
when it comes to car wiring and this
is certainly revealed when it comes to
lighting circuits. Fig.1(a) and Fig.1(b)
show how the courtesy lights can be
wired. Some cars will have the lights
connected to the +12V supply rail
and the door switches connecting to
the car chassis, while other cars will
have the opposite connection, with the
courtesy lights connecting to chassis
and the door switches connecting to
the +12V rail.
Note that we have shown only two
lights and two switches. Some cars
will have more switches (one in each
door plus a manual courtesy switch
inside) and more lights. The switches
are all wired in parallel and extra lights
are also wired together in parallel.
All of the courtesy lights switch on
whenever one of the door switches
is closed. This occurs when a door is
opened. When all doors are closed,
all the switches will be open and the
courtesy lights will be off.
Similarly, the two possible tail light
connections are shown in Fig.1(c) and
Fig.1(d). The tail lights are on when
the lights switch is closed. This switch
would also power the parking lights
at the front of the car but this is not
shown in this circuit.
Main Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Adjustable delay period from
7-40s
Lights fade out at end of time
period
Courtesy lights switch off if
parking lights switched on
No standby current drain from
battery when lights are off
Universal circuit works with
any 12V car system
Low parts count
Easy to install
June 2004 71
Fig.1(a)
Fig.1(b)
Fig.1(c)
Fig.1(d)
Fig.1: the two possible wiring configurations for the courtesy lights are
shown at Fig.1(a) and Fig.1(b), while Fig.1(c) and Fig.1(d) show the
alternative tail light wiring configurations.
For our Courtesy Light Delay circuit
to work, we simply need to connect
it across one of the door switches.
We also need to connect it to the tail
light wiring, so that the courtesy lights
are immediately switched off if the
tail lights are switched on during the
timing period.
In practice, this means that the
Courtesy Light Delay requires just four
connections to the car’s wiring. Two
wiring leads connect across the door
switch, while the other two connect
directly across one of the tail light
filaments.
How it works
Fig.2 shows the full circuit details
of the Courtesy Light Delay. It comprises a Mosfet (Q1), an optocoupler
(OPTO1), a diode (D1), a diode bridge
(BR1) and a few capacitors and resistors.
Q1 acts as a switch. It’s effectively
wired in parallel with the door switches and switches power to the courtesy
lights during the timing period, when
all door switches are open.
Fig.2: the circuit uses Mosfet Q1 to switch power to the courtesy lights
when the car’s door is closed (ie, the door switch opens). Trimpot VR1
sets the time delay, while bridge rectifier BR1 monitors the tail lights and
switches off Q1 via optoisolator OPTO1 if the tail lights are switched on.
72 Silicon Chip
Note that the door switches are
marked with plus and minus signs in
Fig.1(a) and Fig.1(b). The positive rail
of the delay circuit connects to the plus
side of the door switch, while the negative rail connects to the minus side.
In operation, the circuit derives its
power from the vehicle’s 12V battery
via the courtesy lamp filaments. As
a result, the lamps act as low-value
resistors in series with the supply.
However, because the circuit draws
so little current when it is operating,
there’s very little voltage drop across
the lamp filaments and so the circuit
operates from almost the full battery
voltage.
Note that the current flows via the
courtesy lamp filaments– it doesn’t
matter whether the lamp filaments
connect directly to the +12V supply
as shown in Fig.1(a) or to ground as
in Fig.1(b).
The circuit operation is as follows.
When a car door is opened, one of the
door switches closes and the courtesy
lights switch on as normal. During this
time, the switch shorts out Mosfet Q1
and so there will be no voltage across
the courtesy light delay circuit; ie,
between its plus and minus terminals. As a result, capacitor C1 will be
discharged via R1, while C3 will be
discharged via resistors R3 and R4.
Subsequently, when the door switch
opens again (ie, the door is closed), the
courtesy lights will go out and there
will be close to 12V across the drain
and source of Q1. This voltage also
immediately appears across a series
connected network consisting of capacitor C1, diode D1 and capacitor C2.
Initially, C1 has a much lower
impedance than C2, since it has 10
times greater capacitance – ie, 470µF
vs 47µF. As a result, C2 is rapidly
charged via C1 and so has almost the
full supply voltage across it soon after
power is applied to the circuit.
In practice, if we ignore the voltage
drop across diode D1, capacitor C1 will
initially have about 1.1V across it and
C2 will have 10.9V across it.
What happens now is that C1
charges to the 12V supply via resistor R1. During charging, the voltage
on the negative side of C1 gradually
drops to the negative supply rail. At
the same time, diode D1 prevents C2
from discharging since it is reverse
biased. As a result, C2 remains with
about 10.9V across it.
At this point we need to understand
siliconchip.com.au
how Mosfet Q1 works. These devices
have three terminals, called “gate”,
“drain” and a “source”.
When the gate voltage is at the same
voltage as the source, the Mosfet is off
and no current flows. However, when
the gate voltage rises to its threshold
of around 3-4V, the resistance between
the drain and source suddenly goes
low and so current can flow between
these two terminals. In practice, the
drain-source resistance depends on
the gate voltage and is at its lowest
(about 0.1Ω) when the gate voltage is
more than 10V above the source.
Now take a look at the circuitry
involving capacitor C3, resistors R3
& R4 and the optocoupler (OPTO1).
When power is first applied (ie,
when the door is closed), C3 initially
behaves like a short circuit (since it is
discharged). As a result, current flows
via R3 and switches on the transistor
inside the optocoupler, thus clamping
Q1’s gate at its the source voltage. At
this point, C2 has about 10.9V across
it (as already stated) but is prevented
from quickly discharging since it is
isolated from the optocoupler by resistor R2 (100kΩ).
Capacitor C3 now quickly charges
via resistors R3 & R4 and removes the
base drive to the optocoupler’s transistor about 1ms after power is applied.
However, this time period is so short
that it does not allow C2 to discharge
to any extent.
Now that the optocoupler’s transistor is off, Q1’s gate voltage will be
equal to the voltage that’s across C2.
As a result, Q1 switches on to drive
the courtesy lights.
From this, it might appear that the
courtesy lights will briefly switch off
when the door is closed, before the
circuit switches them back on again.
In theory, this is true but the “offtime” is so short that it is virtually
unnoticeable.
So why do we use the optocoupler
to briefly hold Q2’s gate low (ie, for
Fig.3: install the parts on the PC board as shown here, taking care
to ensure that the polarised parts are all oriented correctly.
that 1ms period)? The answer is that
without this feature, Q1 would switch
on as soon as C2’s voltage reached
the Mosfet’s conduction threshold of
3-4V. This would effectively “kill” the
supply to the circuit and prevent C2
from charging any further. C2 would
then quickly discharge via VR1 and
the 220kΩ resistor to below Q1’s gate
threshold and so the courtesy lights
would go out again almost immediately.
By contrast, by using the optocoupler to hold Q2’s gate low for 1ms, C2
charges to above 10.9V before Mosfet
Q1 switches on. And that means that
C2 must then discharge from 10.9V
down to below 4V before Q1 switches
off (and switches off the courtesy
lights).
The time it takes to do this gives us
the delayed on period for the lights.
VR1 allows this delay period to be
adjusted by varying the discharge
resistance for C2.
At the end of the timing period, the
lamp fades out as Q1’s resistance rapidly increases as its gate voltage falls
below about 5V. This means that the
voltage across Q1 gradually rises from
about 0V when it is fully on to 12V
when it is off. As a result, capacitors
C1 & C3 slowly charge to the 12V supply, via R1 and R3 & R4 respectively.
This slow rate of charge prevents C1
from recharging C2 and stops C3 from
switching the optocoupler’s transistor
on again.
Tail light circuit
As mentioned earlier, the circuit
turns the courtesy lights off immediately if the parking lights (or the
headlights) are turned on. This is
achieved using bridge rectifier BR1
and the optocoupler.
In practice, we don’t monitor the
parking lights or the headlights directly. Instead, the circuit monitors
the tail lights, since these are always
on with both the parking lights and
the headlights.
As shown, the bridge rectifier is
connected directly across the tail
lights (ie, in parallel with one of the
lamps). When the tail lights are on,
there is 12V across them and this is
applied to BR1, which then drives the
LED inside the optocoupler via a 680Ω
current-limiting resistor.
This in turn switches on the transistor inside the optocoupler and so Q1
switches off and the courtesy lights
go out.
So the optocoupler performs a dual
function: (1) it forms part of the initial
1ms delay circuit and (2) it plays a
vital role in switching off the courtesy
Table 1: Resistor Colour Codes
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
siliconchip.com.au
No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
Value
220kΩ
100kΩ
22kΩ
10kΩ
680Ω
470Ω
4-Band Code (1%)
red red yellow brown
brown black yellow brown
red red orange brown
brown black orange brown
blue grey brown brown
yellow violet brown brown
5-Band Code (1%)
red red black orange brown
brown black black orange brown
red red black red brown
brown black black red brown
blue grey black black brown
yellow violet black black brown
June 2004 73
they fit into the allocated holes. This
device is fitted with a small U-shaped
heatsink and the assembly is secured
to the PC board with a screw and nut.
The PC board is mounted inside
the case by simply clipping it into the
mounting clips. Before doing this, you
will have to mark out and drill two
holes in one end of the case, to allow
for wire entry to the screw terminals.
These holes are located 11mm down
from the lip and 18mm in from the
outside edge of the case and are made
using a 6mm drill.
Note: for 24V operation, change both
C1 and C2 to 470µF 25V and change
the 680Ω resistor to 1.2kΩ.
Installation
The completed PC board clips into the side pillars of a standard plastic case.
Note the small heatsink fitted to Mosfet Q1, to keep it cool.
lights when the tail lights are switched
on.
Note that the connections to the
tails-lights can be made without any
regard as to the polarity. That’s due to
BR1, which ensures that the positive
voltage rail is fed to the anode of the
Parts List
1 PC board, code 05106041, 78
x 46mm
1 front panel label
1 plastic box, 82 x 54 x 31mm
1 mini heatsink, 19 x 19 x 10mm
2 2-way PC board mount screw
terminals, 5.08mm spacing
1 M3 x 10mm screw & nut
Semiconductors
1 MTP3055E 14A 60V Mosfet
(Q1)
1 4N28 optocoupler (IC1)
1 W04 1.2A bridge rectifier (BR1)
1 1N914, 1N4148 diode (D1)
Capacitors
1 470µF 16V PC electrolytic (C1)
1 47µF 16V PC electrolytic (C2)
1 100nF MKT polyester (C3)
Resistors (0.25W 1%)
1 220kΩ
1 10kΩ
1 100kΩ
1 680Ω
1 22kΩ
1 470Ω
Miscellaneous
Automotive wire, connectors,
mounting brackets, etc.
74 Silicon Chip
optocoupler’s internal LED.
The wiring arrangement of the tail
light circuit is also unimportant since
the circuit simply monitors the voltage
across the lamps.
Construction
All the parts for the Courtesy Light
Delay are mounted on a PC board
coded 05106041 (78 x 46mm). This
then clips into a standard plastic case
measuring just 82 x 54 x 31mm.
Fig.3 shows the assembly details.
Begin by checking the PC board for
any shorts between tracks or breaks
in the copper. That done, remove the
corners of the PC board if this hasn’t
already been done, so that the board
clears the four pillars inside the case.
Now for the parts assembly. First,
install the resistors in the positions
shown, followed by diode D1 and the
optocoupler (OPTO1). Table 1 shows
the resistor colour codes but it’s also
a good idea to check each one using a
digital multimeter before installing it
on the board.
Take care when installing D1 and
OPTO1 – they must be oriented as
shown (see also Fig.1 for the device
pinouts).
Next, install trimpot VR1 (this may
be coded 105), then install the three
capacitors, bridge rectifier BR1 and
the two 2-way terminals. Again, check
to make sure that BR1 and the two
electrolytic capacitors (C1 & C2) are
oriented correctly.
Finally, install Mosfet Q1 by bending its leads at right angles so that
The Courtesy Light Delay can be
mounted in any convenient location
under the dashboard. It’s up to you
how you secure it, since the circumstances will vary from vehicle to
vehicle.
To connect the unit, you will need
to access one of the car door switches
and the tail light connections. Note
that some door switches will have two
wires, while others will only have a
single wire connection. In the latter
case, one contact is connected directly
to chassis at the switch mounting
position.
Note also that it’s important to get
the door switch connections to the unit
the right way around – ie, the positive
door switch connection must go to the
positive rail of the Courtesy Light delay. You can quickly determine which
is the positive door switch connection
by using your multimeter to measure
the voltage across the door switch
when it is pushed open.
If there’s only a single wire running
to the switch, this will be the positive
(the chassis connection is negative).
It’s a good idea to disconnect the
vehicle’s battery before running the
wiring, to prevent any inadvertent
short circuits. Note that all wiring
should be run using proper automotive
cable and connectors.
The “Tail lights” terminals on the
Courtesy Light Delay are simply connected across one of the tail lights. You
can access this wiring either directly
at the tail lights or at the lights switch
or the fusebox.
Alternatively, you can connect these
terminals across one of the parking
lights at the front of the car. It doesn’t
matter which way around you connect
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.4: here are full-size artworks for the PC board
etching pattern and for the front panel.
them, since the bridge rectifier automatically caters
for both polarities (as explained previously).
Once the wiring is complete, reconnect the battery
and check that the courtesy lights remain on after the
door is closed. Now turn the parking lights on – the
courtesy lights should immediately go out again.
You can now trigger the courtesy lights again and
set the “lights-on” delay period using VR1. Turning
VR1 clockwise will increase the delay period.
Troubleshooting
If the courtesy lights are always on, it may be because the door switch terminals have been connected
with reverse polarity. If that happens, the courtesy
lights turn on via the intrinsic reverse diode inside
Q1. Simply swapping the leads to the door switch
will fix this problem.
If the lights do not remain on after the door is closed
(and the connections are correct), check that there
is no voltage applied to the “Tail light” terminals on
the PC board. If there’s no voltage here, the problem
will be on the PC board itself.
The first step is to carefully check the copper side of
the board for missed solder joints and solder bridges
between adjacent tracks. That done, check that all
components are oriented correctly and that they are
in their correct positions.
Finally, check that there is 12V between the drain
and source terminals of Q1 when the door switches
are open (ie, with the doors closed). If there is no
voltage here, check your wiring back to the door
SC
switch.
siliconchip.com.au
June 2004 75
Check power consumption, costs, greenhouse
gas emissions and more . . .
How
MUCH POWER
are your
appliances using?
Despite international efforts to reduce the
standby power requirements of appliances,
this modern phenomenon continues to be a
real problem. Virtually every mains-powered
device is now in on the act, or soon will be.
Standby power increases your energy bill
and adds to the greenhouse effect.
By PETER SMITH
T
V SETS, STEREOS, VCRs and
the like have long relied on
standby power. More recently,
“convenience” electronics have been
grafted into up-market household
items such as dishwashers, coffee makers, cordless telephones and washing
machines, all of which are designed
to be permanently powered.
Don’t think that these devices use
much power when “off”? Well, you
might be surprised to discover that
10-15% of all household power is consumed by devices in “standby” mode.
According to a 2001 study by “Choice”
magazine, appliances not performing
their main task drew a constant total
of 87W, on average.
That works out to 760kWh in a year,
for a cost of almost $100. And standby
power consumption certainly hasn’t
76 Silicon Chip
decreased since then.
Consider the 100 million homes
in the United States, for example.
In total, they consume roughly 5GW
of standby power. According to one
source, this equates to about 8GW after distribution losses and generation
reserves, or about the output of eight
power plants. And that’s just for the
domestic sector!
With this in mind, you may wish
to save some money and the environment by switching off appliances at
the power point when not in use. Of
course, it’s simply not practical to
power off all devices. For example,
microwave ovens and VCRs include
a real-time clock that would need to
be programmed at every power up,
while cordless phones need to be on
all the time. However, other devices
such as PCs and their peripherals can
be switched off.
Measuring power usage
Before you can make informed decisions about power usage, it’s necessary
to know how much each device consumes, both during normal operation
and in standby mode. Typically, the
power rating printed on the label of
a product indicates maximum input
only, accounting for things like surge
current at power up, motor start, etc.
Real power usage is likely to be quite
different.
How you use an appliance will also
have a major impact. For example, if
you normally run your fridge in the
middle of its temperature range, it will
obviously consume less average power
than on the cooler settings.
The answer is to connect each device in turn to an electronic power
meter. That way, you can determine
the average power consumption, in
line with actual usage. To help with
this, a South Australian company,
Computer Control Instrumentation,
has come up with a great little handheld meter called the “Power-Mate”.
It can measure instantaneous power
use, accumulated energy consumption
and more.
Power-Mate, mate
The Power-Mate is supplied in a 150
siliconchip.com.au
Automating PC Power-Up
Powering off your PC and associated peripherals from the
mains will eliminate standby power usage and save you some
money. It also reduces the PC’s exposure to mains-borne
surges and may prolong power supply life.
However, a recent email from one of our readers points
out that when powered up from the mains, all late-model PCs
simply enter standby, or “soft power” mode. You then need
to push the front-panel power switch to boot up. Not content
with having to perform this extra step, he went on to describe
a simple means of “pushing” the button electronically, so
that his PC powers up as soon as mains power is applied.
On all late-model (ACPI-compliant) PCs, the power switch
is connected to an I/O controller chip on the motherboard.
This chip is powered from the 5V standby supply, so it’s always
powered when mains power is present. Pressing the switch closes a circuit
to ground, signalling the I/O controller to electronically switch power to all
other circuits and thus boot up the machine.
As shown in Fig.1, a large value capacitor can be connected across the
switch to simulate a switch press. At power up, the capacitor charges slowly
via a pull-up resistor internal to the I/O controller chip. If the capacitor is
large enough, the I/O controller sees a valid logic low level on the switch
input line after the power supply outputs have stabilised.
We’ve also included a 100Ω resistor in series with the capacitor to limit
discharge current into the I/O controller at power off. Several motherboards
we’ve examined have a resistor in series with the ground line, which would
achieve the same result. However, as we can’t be sure that they all do, it’s
wise to include the resistor anyway.
The capacitor and resistor can be soldered directly to the power switch
pins. Insulate all leads with tubing as necessary to prevent short circuits. Note
that the polarity of the capacitor is important. Use your meter to determine
which of the two wires from the motherboard is the ground wire. The ground
wire will measure between zero and about 500Ω to case ground, whereas
the I/O controller input will measure much higher.
The suggested value of 470µF for the capacitor should work in most
cases. However, differences in power supply design may mean that you’ll
need to increase this value for your particular PC.
Silicon Chip
Binders
REAL
VALUE
AT
$12.95
PLUS P
&
P
H SILICON CHIP logo printed in
gold-coloured lettering on spine
& cover
H Buy five and get them postage
free!
Price: $A12.95 plus $A5.50 p&p.
Available only in Australia.
Just fill in the handy order form in
this issue; or fax (02) 9979 6503;
or ring (02) 9979 5644 & quote
your credit card number.
Important: always disconnect AC power from your PC before opening
the case! Note that old “XT” & “AT” type PCs do not consume standby
power; the front-panel power switch physically switches mains power to
the power supply input.
KALEX
• High Speed PCB Drills • PCB Guillotine
Laser Labels • PCB Material – Negative
or Positive Acting • Light Boxes – Single
or Double Sided; Large or Small • Etching
Tanks – Bubble • Electronic Components
and Equipment for TAFEs, Colleges and
Schools • Prompt Delivery
We now stock Hawera Carbide Tool Bits
Fig.1: a 470µF capacitor and a 100Ω resistor connected to the front-panel
power switch are all you need to make your ATX computer boot as soon
as mains power is applied.
siliconchip.com.au
718 High Street Rd, Glen Waverley 3150
Ph (03) 9802 0788 FAX (03) 9802 0700
Website: www.users.bigpond.net.au/kalex
Email: kalexpcb<at>bigpond.net.au
ALL MAJOR CREDIT CARDS ACCEPTED
June 2004 77
Special Offer
Table 1: Power-Mate Specifications
Measurement/Calculation
Range
Watts
0 - 2500W
Volts
170- 270V RMS
Amps
0.000 - 10.000A RMS
Cost & cost per hour
0 - 99.9999 ($)
Cost per quarter & year
0 - 9999.99 ($)
Energy
0 - 999.999 kWh
Greenhouse gas
0 - 999.999 kg
Run time (max).
99 hrs, 59 mins, 59 secs
Basic accuracy: better than 1% for all measurements
x 80 x 30mm plastic case. It features
a bright red 7-segment display and
includes a four-button tactile keypad.
A 1-metre cable exits from the case, terminated in a combination mains plug
and “piggyback” style socket.
Hooking up an appliance for testing
couldn’t be easier. The Power-Mate
plug goes into the mains outlet first
and the appliance simply plugs in on
top. Maaaate!
In all, seven primary measurements
and calculations can be displayed.
Repeatedly pressing the “Mode” button cycles through each of the possibilities, as well as the “Setup” and
“Clear” functions that we’ll come back
to shortly.
There are also 15 additional display
functions, accessed by pressing one
of the other three colour-coded keys,
labelled “Enter”, “+” and “-”. It’s easy
to determine what information is available in a particular mode by referring
to the matching colour-coded table
below the keypad.
Measurements include line voltage (volts), current drain (amps) and
the power consumed (watts), all in
real time. A simple press of the “+”
or “-” buttons momentarily displays
the maximum or minimum readings taken since power on. These
measurements would be handy for
service technicians, who often need
to measure things like start-up and
surge currents.
The real power of this unit (pun
intended) is to be found in its energy
consumption and cost calculation
functions. At power up, the PowerMate immediately begins to show the
accumulated energy used by the appliance in kWh units; this is the default
display in “Energy” mode.
You can also see the projected
hourly energy usage based on measurements thus far by pressing the “Enter”
button. Pressing the “-” and “+” buttons extrapolates the measurements
over quarterly and yearly periods,
respectively.
Hit the “Mode” button again and
you can immediately see how much
it’s costing you to run the appliance.
Once again, you can have the option
of displaying current, hourly, quarter
or yearly costs. It surely doesn’t get
The Power-Mate is designed,
manufactured and approved for
use in Australia. It is available
from the Alternative Technology
Association, on the web at www.
ata.org.au or phone (03) 9419
2440. Currently, the unit is priced
at $346 plus GST in one-off quantities, which includes a 12-month
warranty.
Computer Control Instrumentation is making 25 units available
to SILICON CHIP readers at the
special price of $315 plus GST.
To take advantage of this special
offer, e-mail Mike Russ at mike<at>
c-c-i.com.au or write to PO Box
195, Goodwood, SA 5034.
Note that only bank cheques,
money orders or bank transfers will
be accepted for this offer.
any easier than this!
For the environmentally conscious,
the unit also calculates the equivalent
amount of greenhouse gas liberated,
based on the ratio of energy consumed
to a constant. By default, this is calculated at 1.2kg of CO2 per kWh, which
is the accepted value for fossil-fuelled
electricity generators.
Both the cost of electricity per
kWh units and the constant used for
greenhouse gas calculations can be
programmed in “Setup” mode. Entered values are retained in memory
at power off.
Finally, a “Clear” function allows
you to reset the accumulated values
of time, energy, cost and greenhouse
gas emissions without having to turn
SC
the unit off.
COMING NEXT MONTH
How Many Watts?
For those who prefer to build their own, watch out for
our Energy Meter in next month’s issue. It features a
multi-function digital readout that will tell you energy
usage, actual power cost and much more for the various appliances in your home. It’s easy to build and is
based on a PIC microcontroller.
78 Silicon Chip
PROTOTYPE SHOWN
siliconchip.com.au
PRODUCT SHOWCASE
Philips launches new LCD Monitor range
Ranging from 15-inch to 30-inch,
plus a 23-inch widescreen model,
Philips new 2004 range of LCD monitors offers a wide choice of styles and
performance as well as size.
In the popular 15, 17 and 19-inch
models, the range has been further
sub-divided into S-line (standard),
B-line (business) and P-line (professional) models. Professional models
incorporate Philips’ “LightFrame”
technology which enhances brightness, sharpness, contrast and colour.
A viewing angle of up to 176° is
available on some models and the
contrast ratio is as high as 700:1.
Prices of the new range, available
this month, start at $749 for a 15-inch
up to $3299 for the 20-inch. The widescreen 23-inch model has an RRP of
$3999.
The 30-inch display model is priced
at $6999.
A Kensington anti-theft lock is fitted
to the widescreen model and is available as an option on the other LCDs.
Resolution of the 17 and 19-inch
models is 1280 x 1024 (SXGA); the
widescreen model 1920 x 1200. All
models feature high quality speakers
integrated into the screen surround.
Contact:
Philips Electronics
Locked Bag 30, North Ryde NSW 1670.
Tel: (02) 9947 0000 Fax: (02) 9947 0474
Website: www.philips.com.au
New LabVIEW 7.1 graphical development
software extends Express technology
National Instruments’ LabVIEW 7
has had a significant
upgrade with the release of version 7.1,
extending Express
technology to automated instrumentation and real-time
applications.
Last year, LabVIEW 7 Express introduced a revolutionary way to create
test, measurement and control applications with configuration-based development and code-generation tools. By
extending Express technology to the
broad spectrum of NI automated instrumentation, LabVIEW 7.1 simplifies
development for all users, regardless
of their hardware platforms (LabVIEW
is available for Windows, Mac, Sun
siliconchip.com.au
Solaris and Linux operating systems).
LabVIEW 7 continues
to advance automated instrumentaion for hardware
platforms ranging from
high-performance modular
instruments to real-time
data acquisition systems
and handheld devices.
With five n32 Express VIs
for NI Digitisers, signal
generators and high-speed digital I/O,
engineers can configure sophisticated
measurements and acquire data with
just a few mouse clicks.
“Smart” AM-FM
Monitor Receiver
The SMR-01 “Smart”
Monitor Receiver from Elan Audio
is a professional broadcast device,
designed to be installed in a remote
location such as a provincial or country
town having one or more unattended
broadcast transmission services.
It can be installed on a temporary
basis to remotely listen to local AM or
FM services, or installed permanently
to monitor and report transmission
fault conditions.
Its primary purpose is to sequentially monitor up to eight broadcast
services in the area where it is installed
and report carrier, program audio and
pilot tone failure. Ordinary fax is,
for reliability reasons, the preferred
method although the SMR-01 can
be programmed to report to a mobile
phone or a TAM where the calling
number will be registered on the Caller
ID facility as a missed call.
Contact:
Elan Audio
2 Steel Ct, Sth Guildford WA 6055
Tel: (08) 9277 3500 Fax: (08) 9478 2266
Website: www.elan.com.au
STEPDOWN
TRANSFORMERS
60VA to 3KVA encased toroids
Contact:
National Instruments (Australia)
PO Box 382, North Ryde NSW 2113
Tel: 1800 300 800 Fax: (02) 8572 5290
Website: www.ni.com
Harbuch Electronics Pty Ltd
9/40 Leighton Pl. HORNSBY 2077
Ph (02) 9476-5854 Fx (02) 9476-3231
June 2004 79
A Quick Visit to CeBIT Australia 2004
There are five CeBIT shows held
around the world: Sydney’s turn
was in early May, with the largestever Australian show occupying
three halls at Darling Harbour Exhibition Centre.
We made a flying visit to the
show as this issue went to press
to see what the latest and greatest
was in ICT.
“More of the same but different”
is one phrase which springs to mind.
It’s not hard to get “boggled” by all
that’s on offer. And at the big shows,
it’s not hard to get lost!
Several companies were claiming “world’s firsts” or “technology
breakthroughs” – D-Link was one
I recall offering several new speed
breakthrough products, especially
in wireless technology.
D-Link weren’t the only ones with
wireless – it was of course everywhere – whatever you wanted in
wireless, at every level, was available. We had the opportunity to talk to
several wireless suppliers and hope
to look at some of the more unusual
(or newest) wireless products in the
coming months.
Broadband applications were
also a big feature, both in hardware
and software. And combining the
two, wireless broadband was a very
popular topic. SMS tools were also
in abundance.
Very little product selling was occuring off the stands; one company
which was had people queued five and
six deep to buy USB equipment that
was keenly, but not bargain, priced.
One thing that did catch our attention was the number of exhibitors offering ways to silence noisy
computers. You would think CPU
manufacturers would look after
this important area themselves but
on speaking to several people, we
found the problem is much more
widespread than we imagined (and
I thought it was just my computer
that was noisy!).
Again, we plan to do something
with this in a future issue of SILICON CHIP
There was a plethora of applications software covering the whole
gamut. Very interesting if you’re
in the market for that particular
80 Silicon Chip
application, otherwise not quite so
noteworthy. One product which did
catch my eye, having been involved
in clubs and volunteer organisations
most of my life, was the ClubsInc
Governance and Risk Management
program, designed to take the guesswork out of running a not-for-profit
organisation. (www.clubsinc.com).
It was good to catch up with our
old friends, Microgram, who had a
whole stand of new and innovative
products. Manager Ian Watts has
promised to let readers see some of
those goodies in the near future.
I just had to include the photo
below, taken on one exhibitor’s
stand, simply because it was so “out
there” – a 2.0GHz Pentium running at
3.45GHz, with water cooling to keep
it under control. And don’t forget the
tricked-up, lit-up case. There was
more pipeware in this PC than at
Bob’s Plumbing Store!
I resisted the temptation to deposit
my business card in the ubiquitous
goldfish bowl on just about every
stand, though each offered me the
chance to win a prize (and some were
quite significant/valuable).
My email is spammed enough already, thank you very much!
Solar 12V
trickle
charger
Even brand
new lead acid
cells can discharge to a point
of permanent
damage or decreased life
span if not regularly charged.
Altronics are
now stockists
of a handy solar
trickle charger
which can keep a 12V lead acid battery powered up even when it’s not
used for months at a time! The portable solar charger provides a constant
charge for free, provided by the sun!
It’s an absolute must for yachts, RVs/
caravans, boats, cars, etc. It can plug
into a cigarette lighter socket or clips
directly to your battery.
Contact:
Altronics
PO Box 8350, Perth Business Centre 6849
Tel: 1300 797 007 Fax: (08) 9428 2187
Website: www.altronics.com.au
New edition
of popular
satellite TV
guide
The Practical
Guide to Satellite TV
is now in its fourth
edition, with over
2000 copies sold.
It’s a mine of information
for anyone interested in this fascinating
subject which, as author Garry Cratt says,
didn’t exist until the late 20th century!
His company, Av-Comm, is one of the
leaders in the field of professional satellite
TV – now that information is available to
the layman in one easy-to-read 156-page
manual which explains everything from
history to what you need for satellite TV.
Priced at $49 inc GST, it’s available at
many bookstores and electronics stores or
direct from Av-Comm.
Contact:
Av-Comm
PO Box 525, Brookvale NSW 2100
Tel: (02) 9939 4377 Fax: (02) 9939 4376
Website: www.avcomm.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
SILICON CHIP WebLINK
How many times have you wanted to access a company’s website but cannot remember their site name?
Here's an exciting new concept from SILICON CHIP: you can access any of these organisations instantly by going
to the SILICON CHIP website (www.siliconchip.com.au), clicking on WebLINK and then on the website graphic of
the company you’re looking for. It’s that simple. No longer do you have to wade through search engines or look
through pages of indexes – just point’n’click and the site you want will open!
Your company or business can be a part of SILICON CHIP’s WebLINK . For one low rate you receive a printed entry
each month on the SILICON CHIP WebLINK page with your home page graphic, company name, phone, fax and site
details plus up to 50 words of description– and this is repeated on the WebLINK page on the SILICON CHIP website
with the link of your choice active. Get those extra hits on your site from the right people in the electronics
industry – the people who make decisions to buy your products. Call SILICON CHIP today on (02) 9979 5644
A 100% Australian owned company supplying
frequency control products to the highest
international standards: filters, DIL’s, voltage,
temperature compensated and oven controlled
oscillators, monolithic and discrete filters and
ceramic filters and resonators.
Hy-Q International Pty Ltd
Tel:(03) 9562-8222 Fax: (03) 9562 9009
WebLINK: www.hy-q.com.au
We specialise in providing a range of
Low Power Radio solutions for OEM’s to
incorporate in their wireless technology
based products. The innovative range
includes products from MK Consultants, the
world-renowned specialist manufacturer.
Our website is updated daily, with over
5,500 products available through our
secure online ordering facility.
Features include semiconductor data
sheets, media releases, software
downloads, and much more.
TeleLink Communications
JAYCAR
JAYCAR ELECTRONICS
ELECTRONICS
WebLINK: telelink.com.au
WebLINK: www.jaycar.com.au
WebLINK:
www.jaycar.com.au
Tel:(07) 4934 0413 Fax: (07) 4934 0311
Tel:
Tel: 1800
1800 022
022 888
888
.
For everything in radio control for aircraft,
model boats and planes, etc. We also carry
an extensive range of model flight control
modules including GPS, altitude and speed,
interfaces, autopilot and groundstation
controllers. More info on our website!
Silvertone
Silvertone Electronics
Electronics
Tel:(07) 4639
1100
Tel/Fax:
(02)Fax:
9533(07)4639
3517 1275
WebLINK:
www.silvertone.com.au
WebLINK:
silvertone.com.au
SILICON CHIP available
at WIA VK2 Bookshop
Along with an extensive range of
technical books, from this month,
SILICON CHIP will be available from
the VK2 Divn. Wireless Institute of
Australia Bookshop at 109 Wigram
St, Parramatta, NSW; Tel (02) 9689
2417; fax (02) 9633 1525. More information is available from www.
wiansw.org.au/bookshop
siliconchip.com.au
JED designs and manufactures a range of
single board computers (based on Wilke Tiger
and Atmel AVR), as well as LCD displays and
analog and digital I/O for PCs and controllers.
JED also makes a PC PROM programmer and
RS232/RS485 converters.
Jed Microprocessors Pty Ltd
Tel: (03) 9762 3588 Fax: (03) 9762 5499
WebLINK: jedmicro.com.au
We endeavour to provide a range of
technical books of interest to the Radio
Amateur as well as electronics enthusiasts,
at competitive prices. Special discounts are
offered to WIA members. We are the only
bookshop of this type in Australia.
Wireless Institute of Australia (VK2)
Tel:(02) 9689 2417 Fax: (02) 9633 1525
WebLINK: wiansw.org.au/bookshop/
· Hifi upgrades & modification products - jitter
reduction and output stage improvement.
· Danish high-end hifi kits - including pre- amps,
phono, power amps & accessories.
· Speaker drivers including Danish Flex Units plus
a range of accessories.
· GPS, GSM, AM/FM indiv. & comb. aerials.
Group
Soundlabs Group
Syd:
(02) 9660-1228
4627-8766 Melb:
Melb: (03)
(03)9859-0388
9859-0388
Syd: (02)
WebLINK:
WebLINK: soundlabsgroup.com.au
soundlabsgroup.com.au
Stunning new Mordaunt-Short Avants
The new UK-designed Avant 900 from Mordaunt-Short
has completely new drive mechanisms, redesigned cone
to surrount joins, new radially asymmetric drive point,
new vented structed steel chassis . . . and are housed in
completely new honey-maple finish cabinets.
Prices range from $499 pair for
bookshelf monitors to $1599 each for Contact:
the Avant 909W powered subwoofer. QualiFi
For more information, distributors, etc Tel: 1800 24 24 26
Website: www.qualifi.com.au
visit the QualiFi website.
June 2004 81
Upgraded software
for the
Windows-based
Eprom Programmer
The Windows-based EPROM Programmer
design published in the November 2002 February 2003 issues has been very popular
but since then a small number of bugs have
been discovered in the software. These have
been fixed and the upgraded software is
available on our website.
By JIM ROWE
W
HEN I PRESENTED the software
for the EPROM Programmer back
in the February 2003 issue of SILICON
CHIP, I had spent quite a bit of time
writing and debugging it. So when we
published it, we thought it was pretty
free of bugs.
Well, it’s probably not surprising
that once people began to use the
software, the first version turned out
to have a few minor bugs. I discovered
one myself, when I went to program
a bunch of 512KB EPROMs recently.
So there was nothing for it but to fire
up Visual Basic 6.0, track those bugs
down and fix ’em.
While I was at it, I also took the
opportunity to make a few small improvements to the program. So we have
now been able to put an updated and
revised Version 1.3 of the software on
the SILICON CHIP website, ready to be
downloaded and installed by anyone
who has built the EPROM Programmer.
You’ll find it in a single 1.7MB zippedup file called EPROMProgV13.zip but if
you’d like to look at a copy of the VB6
source code, this is also available as a
82 Silicon Chip
PDF file (EPROMProgV13.pdf).
What’s changed
Probably the most irritating bug in
the first version was one in the EPROM
verify routine. It was a missing variable type conversion in the statement
which works out the original address
of a data byte read back from the
EPROM in the program’s storage array,
so it can compare the two. Because one
of the array address variables was in
integer form, the statement produced
an overflow error as soon as the verify
routine reached the first EPROM address beyond 32,767.
So the bug didn’t show up if you
were programming and verifying
EPROMs of 256Kb (32KB) or smaller,
but the program would crash with an
“Overflow Error 6” when you tried to
verify larger EPROMs.
The annoying thing is that this same
overflow error had originally shown
up in the program’s main EPROM
reading and programming routines, for
the same reason, and I had fixed them
by adding a variable type conversion
(integer to long) in the appropriate
statements. I thought I had fixed the
verify routine at the same time but
apparently not. The type conversion
is definitely in that routine now, so
you can now verify the larger EPROMs
without an overflow problem. By the
way, you could still read and program
larger EPROMs with the first version;
the error occurred only during verifying.
The other main bug was that the
program would often get “confused”
about where its configuration file had
been stored by the last session and
would not be able to find the config
file when it started up – forcing you
to feed in things like the Programmer’s
port address all over again.
This turned out to be due to not
specifying the full path for the config
file in the program’s config file save and
load routines – just the file’s name. So
in version 1.3, the full path is specified
in both routines, to ensure that the
program always saves the config file
where it can find it again next time.
Improvements
As well as fixing these bugs, an
“About” item has been added to the
main menu of the program. This allows
you to easily check at any time which
version of the software you’re running.
When you click on this menu item,
the program displays a small dialog
box with the version details and so on.
A couple of small changes have also
been made to the main programming
routine, so if you’ve indicated at the
start of programming that you want it
to verify after programming, it doesn’t
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the latest version of the EPROM Programmer software includes an
“About” item, which allows you to check which version you have running.
give you a “Programming Completed”
dialog at the end of programming – it
just proceeds automatically with verifying. This is a little more convenient
than with the first version, where you
had to click the “OK” button in the
dialog each time before it started to
verify. It also speeds up the combined
operation.
Still one problem
So the new version 1.3 fixes the
known bugs in the EPROM programming software and is also easier to use.
But note that there’s still one problem
remaining: with some newer PCs, it
seems to be almost impossible to get
the software to communicate correctly with the EPROM Programmer
hardware.
In the February 2003 article, we
mentioned that with some of the newer
PCs fitted with “integrated” on-board
EPP or ECP printer ports, you would
very likely have to experiment with
different port configurations in the
machine’s BIOS before you’d get correct operation. This was based on my
experience, where I had great trouble
getting correct software-hardware
communication on some machines
until I tried changing the printer port’s
BIOS configuration.
However, even this doesn’t seem
siliconchip.com.au
to solve the problem with some machines. In fact, some of them seem to
be extremely unwilling to allow any
direct communication between the
EPROM Programmer software and
hardware – so you can’t even get the
software to light the hardware’s LED3
in the Test dialog.
I still haven’t been able to find out
whether this is due to Windows simply
not allowing direct communication
with the printer port or if there’s some
other cause like an extra “security feature” in the BIOS or chipset firmware
of these machines. So at present, all I
can suggest is that to use the programmer with these machines, you might
have to add an extra printer port via
a PCI card and use this instead of the
integrated port.
Hopefully, an add-on port won’t be
quite so firmly in the iron grip of the
BIOS and Windows and will allow the
programmer software and hardware to
talk to each other more readily. But if
this still doesn’t happen, you might
have to use the programmer with a
different PC.
It’s possible that the final solution
will be to come up with new hardware
for the programmer, using a USB interface instead of the printer port. That is
a project which will have to wait for
SC
another time.
Want really
bright LEDs?
We have the best value, brightest LEDs
available in Australia! Check these out:
Luxeon 1 and 5 watt LEDs
All colours available, with or without
attached optics, as low as $10 each
Lumileds Superflux LEDs
These are 7.6mm square and can be
driven at up to 50mA continuously.
•Red and amber: $2 each
•Blue, green and cyan: $3 each
Asian Superflux LEDs
Same size and current as the Lumileds
units, almost the same light output, but
a fraction of the price.
•Red and amber: Just 50 cents each!
•Blue, green, aqua and white: $1
each.
Go to www.ata.org.au and check
out our webshop or call us on
(03)9388 9311.
June 2004 83
Vintage Radio
By RODNEY CHAMPNESS, VK3UG
S
Restoration tips
& techniques
It’s not surprising that many vintage
radio enthusiasts don’t come from an
electronics background. In fact, prior
to taking up the hobby, most never got
closer to the subject than using the
external controls on various pieces of
electronic equipment.
84 Silicon Chip
OONER OR LATER, a
vintage radio enthusiast must decide which
technical areas to become
competent in so that they
can at least carry out some
restoration work. Some will
simply do the cabinet work
and clean the chassis but
leave the electronics restoration to someone else. By
contrast, others will want
to do the lot. The problem
is, electronic circuitry is a
complete mystery to many
newcomers.
So how can a novice
learn how to check and
restore electronic circuits? Well, we all have
to start somewhere and
that’s the aim of this article
– to provide a basic introduction. Of course, it won’t take you from
knowing nothing about electronics to
being an electronics wizard but at least
it will be a start.
Reading a circuit diagram
As an example, the Kriesler 11-90
AC mantel receiver is used as the
“guinea pig” for this article, as it
has a relatively simple circuit. It is
a broadcast-band receiver with four
valves, one of which (the 6GV8) is a
dual valve – ie, it has a triode and a
pentode in the one glass “envelope”.
As a result, the Kriesler 11-90 is functionally equivalent to a conventional
5-valve receiver.
The circuit diagram is shown in
Fig.1. As can be seen, it is well labelled, which makes checking things
within the circuit relatively easy.
A schematic circuit diagram is a
“shorthand” method of showing how
the parts are connected in a piece of
equipment. For this reason, it’s essential that you become familiar with
what the various symbols mean, in
order to understand how the circuit
works (if only at a basic level).
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the circuit diagram for the Kriesler 11-90 AC mantel receiver.
It uses four valves and covers the broadcast band.
Let’s start with valves. These are
usually drawn with a heavy oval shape
which contains the various elements.
We will use the 6N8 as an example –
see Fig.1.
Pin 3 is attached to the “cathode”
of the valve and this element emits
electrons when it is heated. Pin 2
is the control grid and is shown as
a dashed line – it’s simply a grid of
wires. The electrons from the cathode
pass through the grid and are attracted
towards the positively-charged “plate”
which is attached to pin 6.
Pin 1 is the “screen” grid (it screens
the grid from the plate), while pin 9
is the “suppressor” grid. The latter
“captures” electrons which bounce
off the plate and takes them to earth
(chassis). Pins 7 & 8 are the cathodes
of the two detector diodes, which are
located close to the main cathode at
pin 3.
Note that the heater connections for
the valves are not shown in Fig.1. In
practice, these are connected between
pins 4 and 5 for most 9-pin miniature
valves (it is assumed in most diagrams
that you know this).
So basically, the shorthand drawing
of the valve is relatively close to what
the internals of the valve are really
like. Of course, the description here
is a simplistic version of what really
happens inside a valve.
Identifying valve pins
How do you identify which pin is
which? Simple, the valve socket as
viewed from below has a wider gap
between two of its pins. This is the
reference point and the pin numbers
start from the left as number 1 and
progress clockwise to number 9.
Other valve sockets are similar in
concept. For example, small 7-pin
sockets are read in the same way, while
octal sockets are read clockwise from
the keyway pin on the spigot. The
valve base diagrams usually make
this clear.
Other older valve socket types have
different layouts. Checking through a
valve data book will assist in identifying which pin numbers relate to which
pins on their bases.
Resistors & capacitors
Resistors are the items with the
“zig-zag” lines. For example, R10 is a
1MΩ (one megohm) resistor. The zigzag symbol always reminds me of a
tortuous path which restricts current
siliconchip.com.au
flow and in some ways, resistors can
be thought of as doing just that.
Capacitors, on the other hand, are
represented by two parallel lines –
eg, C8. The lines can be thought of as
being equivalent to the two parallel
plates that make up the capacitor.
However, this really is symbolic as
June 2004 85
up quite well unless it has really
been abused in some way or another.
Cleaning the set not only improves its
appearance but makes it much easier
and more pleasant to work on.
Fig.1: the Kriesler
11-90 was housed in
a plastic cabinet and
featured a simple
handspan dial.
Static tests
they may have many parallel plates,
with insulation (dielectric) of various
sorts between each plate.
For example, C3A and C3B are the
tuning capacitor sections and they
definitely have parallel plates that you
can see. The symbol for C3A and C3B
means that one series of plates moves
while the others remain stationary
(this is done to vary the tuning capacitance, so that the set can be tuned to
different stations).
Similarly, C4 is an adjustable (or
variable) capacitor which is used during
the alignment of the local oscillator (ie,
when the set was manufactured).
C12 and C13 are electrolytic capacitors and are different again. They have
fixed values (40µF & 20µF respectively) and are also polarised – ie, the
positive terminal of each capacitor
must go to the positive supply rail (or
more precisely, to a voltage rail that’s
more positive than that for the negative terminal).
Inductors & transformers
Inductors and transformers such
as L1 appear to look like coils, which
of course they are. The three parallel
series of dashed lines indicate that
it is wound on a ferrite or iron dust
core (a ferrite loopstick in this case).
Similarly, intermediate frequency
transformers IFT1 and IFT2 have
adjustable ferrite cores, again used
during the alignment of the set.
86 Silicon Chip
Note that in both cases, the IFT
windings are coupled together in close
proximity.
Audio and power transformers have
the same coil-like symbol but they differ by having two (sometimes three)
solid lines alongside each winding.
This indicates that they have an iron
core. Consider the power transformer
(T1), for example. This is a 240V
transformer with a primary winding
(on the lefthand side of the lines) and
two secondary windings (on the righthand side). These secondary windings
provide nominal output voltages of
115V AC (for the high-tension or HT
supply) and 6.3V AC (for the valve
heaters).
Note that many parts of the circuit
are connected to earth (also called
“common” or “chassis”). The most
common symbol for this is the one
used on the end of the line from pin
3 of all the valves except for the 6V4.
This symbol consist of three parallel
lines of progressively diminishing
length. In this set, all points with this
symbol are directly connected to the
chassis.
Starting restoration
The first step in any restoration job
is to give the set a thorough clean-up.
This involves not only cleaning the
cabinet but the chassis and the valves
as well.
In most cases, the set will come
As stated before in this column,
I never (or rarely ever) turn a set on
before carrying out a number of static
tests. It’s not nice having to repair a set
that sends up smoke signals as soon as
it is turned on. In fact, it really pays to
be over-cautious here, to circumvent
disasters before they happen.
A digital multimeter is all you require for these initial tests, although
an analog multimeter is also quite
OK provided it has a rating of at least
20kΩ/V (20,000 ohms per volt). In fact,
most common receiver faults can be
found using just a multimeter. Make
sure that the set is disconnected from
the power point before starting the test
procedure!
The first thing to do is to carefully inspect the chassis, the components and
all the interconnecting wires. Look for
shorts and broken wires, particularly
if someone has been there before you.
It’s also a good idea to test the soldered
joints by moving the wires attached
to them where possible, as some may
be what are called “dry joints”. These
are soldered joints where the solder
no longer properly adheres to the
leads and/or terminals it is joining. If
you do find any bad solder joints, the
wires (or terminals) should be cleaned,
re-tinned with solder and resoldered
together.
Next, make sure there are no shorting plates in the tuning capacitors.
Shorts can be detected by first disconnecting the leads to the fixed plates.
That done, you then connect a multimeter between the fixed and moveable
plates and vary the tuning capacitor
across its full range.
There should be almost infinite
resistance between the moving and
fixed plates. If the plates are shorting, it should be possible to bend the
moveable plates slightly to eliminate
the problem. This can be a delicate
job but it’s usually not too difficult
provided the tuning gang hasn’t been
seriously damaged.
The next test is to make sure that
the power transformer (marked T1
on Fig.1) has no short or partial short
from the mains active and neutral
wires (ie, the primary side) to chassiliconchip.com.au
This under-chassis view shows that all parts are readily accessible. Note that
using a knot to restrain the power cord is no longer legal.
sis. An ohmmeter on its highest range
should not show a reading of less
than 10MΩ between points A and B
on Fig.1. Most transformers test quite
OK but it’s imperative to find the fault
(or replace a faulty transformer) if a
short is found.
A much better test for the power
transformer is to use a 1000V highvoltage tester across points A and B.
If the high-voltage test is successful,
with no apparent leakage, then the
transformer is OK (at least as far as
leakage to chassis is concerned).
If the set only has a 2-wire power
lead (and has a transformer), consider
fitting a 3-core lead to earth the chassis, as this is a safer option. Of course,
this work must only be carried out be
someone who knows exactly what
they are doing – a mistake here could
prove deadly. Make sure too that the
new cord is properly anchored – tying
a knot in the cord to restrain it (as was
commonly done many years ago) is no
longer legal!
Warning: if you are a novice, stay
well away from hot-chassis (trans
formerless) sets, which have one side
of the mains directly wired to chassis.
They really are potential death traps
for the unwary. If in doubt, ask someone who’s qualified to give advice.
Next, check resistor R12 to make
sure it is about 120Ω. It should be
replaced if it has drifted in value but
note that an allowance of ±20% in any
resistor or capacitor value is generally
siliconchip.com.au
OK. However, this doesn’t include
electrolytic capacitors, which can have
very wide tolerances; eg, +100% and
-50% for the very old types.
Similarly, check resistor R11 by
measuring the resistance between
points HT1 and HT2 on Fig.1 – you
should get a reading of 3.3kΩ. If it is
high, the resistor has drifted high in
value and should be replaced if it is
beyond the accepted tolerance range.
Conversely, if it is low, it’s possible
that either or both C12 and C13 are
leaky and need replacing. However,
before doing this, you could try “reforming” the two capacitors, as described later.
The next step is to check the resistance between the HT2 and BIAS
points. Initially, the meter should read
up the scale then gradually increase in
value to in excess of 50kΩ.
Also, check the resistance between
HT1 and chassis. You should get a
similar value to the previous measurement. If either of these reads low – ie,
below 50kΩ – it indicates that there is
a partial short on the high-tension line.
Either C12 and/or C13 could be leaky
or there could be a problem elsewhere.
This can be diagnosed as follows.
First, removing all the valves will
quickly indicate whether one or more
of them has a problem. Valves rarely
develop shorts, although some rectifiers do; eg, the 6X5GT. Next, measure
all the resistors with an ohmmeter and
if all is well, they will all be within
10% of their marked value. The only
exception is R2, which shunts a low
resistance winding in IFT1 – it will
have to be checked with one lead
disconnected from circuit.
Similarly, disconnect one lead of
each electrolytic capacitor (C12 & C13)
and check them using an ohmmeter.
Replace them if you get readings of
less than 50kΩ.
Now measure between pin 6 of
the 6GV8 and the chassis and if this
shows a short circuit, it is likely that
C11 has short-circuited. You should
also check capacitors C6 & C7, which
are on the HT line near IFT1. If there
is no indication of a short but the
HT line measures just a few ohms to
earth (chassis), then it is necessary to
disconnect sections of the circuit until
the shorting part is found.
Output transformer
The audio output (or speaker) transformer is a component that often gives
trouble, as the primary winding has a
habit of going open-circuit. To check
it, measure between HT2 and pin 6 of
the 6GV8 – you should get a reading of
about 150-200Ω. However, depending
on the impedance of the transformer,
the resistance can be around 500Ω in
some sets.
A further quick check of the output
transformer can be done using an
analog meter. Select a low ohms range
and connect the leads between HT2
and pin 6 of the 6GV8 – a click should
be heard in the speaker. This indicates
that all is probably well with the transformer and loudspeaker. Note: digital
June 2004 87
capacitors are all located in parts of
the circuit where leakage cannot be
tolerated.
Capacitors C6, C7 & C11 can be
mildly leaky without this being a trouble in the set. However, C11 occasionally shorts in this position and it is a
good idea to replace it anyway. If any
capacitor gets warm after the set has
been running for a few minutes (switch
the set off and pull the power plug from
the wall socket before testing), it is too
leaky and should be replaced.
somewhere near 140-150V, as there’s
no load on the power supply.
Now turn the set off and monitor
the voltage at pin 3. It should decrease
slowly, unless the electrolytics require
“reforming”. To do this, turn the set on,
let the rectifier (6V4) warm up, wait a
few seconds until the voltage on pin
3 appears to have stabilised, then turn
the set off again and let the capacitors
discharge. Repeat this several times
with a gap of a minute or so between
cycles, until the capacitors discharge
quite slowly.
If the rectifier plates glow red during this procedure, then either the
electrolytics are faulty or some other
component is breaking down when
the voltage is applied. In that case,
the set should immediately be turned
off. Disconnecting various sections of
the set will then help to isolate the
defective component.
If the HT voltage still “disappears”
within 10-15 seconds, it means that
one or both capacitors have excess
leakage and cannot be “reformed”.
By disconnecting one capacitor at a
time from the rectifier output, it is
possible to determine which capacitor is faulty (ie, the faulty unit will
discharge quickly compared to the
good one when the power is removed).
Note, however, that most modern
electrolytic capacitors require little if
any “reforming”.
Dynamic tests
Installing all the valves
OK, now for the smoke test! First,
remove all the valves, then plug the set
into the wall socket and turn it on. The
dial lamp is still in circuit so it should
light up unless it has blown. Try a new
one in its place if it has failed.
Now keep an eye on the set while
you run it for about 30 minutes. After this time, the power transformer
should only be slightly warmer than
the chassis. If it gets hot, then you
have a faulty transformer. Fortunately,
this is rare.
If the transformer appears to be OK,
the voltages on the two secondary
windings can be measured. These will
be about 10% higher than the voltages
measured when the set is fully operating. Take care when measuring the
high-voltage secondary – it’s capable
of delivering a fatal shock!
The next step is to install the 6V4
rectifier but switch the set off first. Now
turn the set on again – the voltage on
pin 3 of the 6V4 will probably rise to
Once the power supply is working
correctly, it is time to fit the rest of
the valves. That done, turn the radio
on, tune it off-station and measure
the voltages at all the various points
shown on the circuit. If everything is
working correctly, these should all
be within about 20% of the indicated
values. Note that all voltages are measured with respect to earth, so it’s a
good idea to use a clip lead to attach
the earth lead of the multimeter to
the chassis.
If the voltage at HT 2 is much lower
than 110V and the BIAS voltage is also
low, it indicates that the 6V4 is low
in emission and should be replaced.
Conversely, if the HT 2 voltage is appreciably higher than 110V and the
BIAS is noticeably less than -5V, this
may indicate that the pentode section
of the 6GV8 has lost emission and
should be replaced.
The voltage on pin 1 of the 6GV8
should be around 30V when checked
It’s a good idea to thoroughly clean the chassis before checking the parts
and starting restoration. Be sure to make a note of the valve positions before
removing them from their sockets.
multimeters usually don’t have much
current flowing through their test leads,
so a click may not be heard.
All of the wound components (coils
and transformers) should have continuity with reasonably low resistance.
For example, the aerial, oscillator
and IF transformers should not have
more than a maximum of 100Ω across
any winding and quite often are less
than 10Ω.
Paper capacitors
Now let’s look at those components
that often give trouble but are not easily detected using a multimeter.
First, Ducon and UCC paper capacitors (from the 1960s) became
renowned for problems. The Ducons
became leaky and the UCCs often
became intermittent and sometimes
leaky. By “leaky”, I mean that they
had relatively low resistance across
them compared to a good capacitor
– eg, a few megohms for a faulty one
compared to 200-1000MΩ or more for
a good one.
Unfortunately, a “normal” multimeter will not normally detect this
leakage, as it usually does not become
apparent until a considerable voltage is applied across the capacitor in
question.
Note that some leakage can be tolerated in some capacitors but C2, C9 &
C10 should all be replaced with modern polyester or similar capacitors of
the same ratings. In fact, this should
be done without question, unless
you have a high-voltage tester. These
88 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
with a digital multimeter. If it is lower
and resistor R8 is the correct value,
the valve may be drawing too much
current. If it is higher, the valve may
be low in emission. Once again, try
replacing the valve.
By the way, the circuit indicates
that this voltage is measured with a
1000Ω/V analog meter. However, this
is probably a mistake as 20kΩ/V analog
meters were common in 1962.
On my set, I measured 22V with a
1000Ω/V meter and 26V with a digital
multimeter. Resistor R8 is within tolerance and as both readings are below
the indicated voltage, it would appear
that the valve in my receiver is drawing
more current than others of the same
type. However, the receiver’s performance is quite satisfactory so replacement of the 6GV8 is not warranted.
Both the 6AN7 and the 6N8 should
have plate voltages of about 80V,
while the screen grids should be at
approximately 45V when the set is
tuned “off-station”.
What if it doesn’t work?
By now, it is quite likely that the
receiver is showing signs of life and
you may even be able to tune stations
in. In fact, at this stage it’s not unusual
to find that the receiver is performing
quite well. But what if it isn’t? Here
are a few tests that can be conducted
now that normal voltages are appearing around the circuit.
First, turn the volume control fully
up and put your finger on the top terminal of the volume control (but DO
NOT do this with a live-chassis set). Be
careful here, as the back of the volume
control in this set carries terminals
which are connected to the 240V AC
mains (the pot functions as a combined volume control/on-off switch).
If the audio output stage (based on
the 6GV8) is functioning correctly,
a healthy “blurt” will be heard from
the loudspeaker. If not, you’ve got a
problem in the audio stages.
If you’ve carried out all the tests
suggested previously, then it is likely
that the valve is defective and another
should be tried in its place.
If there are still no stations to be
heard after getting the audio section
working, the next thing to check is the
local oscillator. This can be done by
lifting the “earthy” end of R1 and connecting a multimeter (set to milliamps)
between it and earth. When the set is
turned on, the meter should show a
siliconchip.com.au
Photo Gallery: 1937 Healing 447M
Manufactured by Healing in Melbourne in 1937, the Model 447M was housed in
a stylish timber cabinet and tuned both the medium-wave broadcast band and
the 6-18MHz shortwave band. The valve line-up was as follows: 6A8-G frequency
changer, 6D6 IF amplifier, 75 audio amplifier/detector/AVC rectifier, 42 audio output
and 80 rectifier. Photo: Historical Radio Society of Australia, Inc.
reading of about 0.2mA and this reading should change slightly as you tune
the set across the band.
If this happens, it indicates that the
local oscillator is working. Conversely,
if there is no reading, it is likely that
the 6AN7 is defective or there are
shorted turns in the oscillator coil(s).
If necessary, a 6AN7A valve may be
substituted for a 6AN7 with no circuit
changes. Don’t forget to resolder resistor R1’s lead to earth after removing
the multimeter.
If the local oscillator is working
but the set still refuses to operate, try
changing the 6N8.
It’s worth noting that I find very few
faulty valves and I probably average
less than one replacement per set. Note
too that some valves can become microphonic and you can quickly track
down the culprit(s) by gently tapping
each valve in turn with a pencil or the
plastic handle of a screwdriver. If a
valve is microphonic, it will produce
a noise (possibly a “ringing” noise)
when tapped.
Valve sockets can also cause problems, For example, the contacts may
be dirty or they may be loose and not
making proper contact with the valve
pins. In addition, the sockets and
switches may need to be lubricated
and cleaned with a proprietary contact
cleaner.
Other problems
If someone before you has twiddled
with the cores of the various coils, it
may be necessary to re-align the set
using a signal generator before it will
operate. Other possible problems include faults inside the RF, oscillator
and IF coils that cannot be determined
by pure resistance measurements.
Another trap to be aware of is that
someone else may have replaced parts
with incorrect values, or even installed
parts in the wrong locations. As a result, simply checking the components
may not show where the problem is.
The way around this is to carefully
check the receiver against the circuit
diagram.
Finally, more complex receivers
can also be tested using the same
techniques described here – it will
just take longer. However, it’s best to
start with the simpler broadcast-band
radios first and then work your way
up to more complicated units as you
SC
gain experience.
June 2004 89
ASK SILICON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can’t understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we’ll answer your question. Write to: Ask Silicon Chip, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097; or
send an email to silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
TV signal strength
meter wanted
I would like to know where I can buy
a kit or a ready-made meter to measure
signal strength for TV channels. My
neighbour used one from his work to
help me locate the best position for my
TV antenna. It was quite a whizz-bang
gadget, preset for all the TV channels,
and he could tell me immediately the
dB for all the channels.
Have you people had experience
with a simplified version of one of
these? Also, where can I get the carrier
frequency settings for all the TV channels? (G. B., Melbourne, Vic).
• We have not produced a TV signal
strength meter. Many installers find
that a portable TV is more convenient.
Not only does it give an indication
of signal strength but it also shows
the presence of ghosting and enables
the antenna to be oriented for best
reception.
TV station frequencies can be found
as a PDF file at: http://www.aba.gov.au/
broadcasters/television.htm
Power reduction to
derated transformers
I want to ask if it is possible to
use 40-0-40V 300VA transformers
for the Mosfet amplifier published
in SILICON CHIP, August 2001. This
amplifier is essentially a revamp
of the old EA Pro One amplifier. In
both articles (EA & SILICON CHIP), the
design specifies a 45-0-45V 300VA
transformer. I have an old EA Pro One
and want to restore with it 40-0-40V
300VA transformers.
Can you estimate the output power
with these transformers and if the 0.8V
quiescent current set-up would be the
same? (E. Z., via email).
• Power is a square law. Since you
are proposing to reduce the supply
voltages by a factor of 12% (40/45 =
0.88), the power output will be reduced by 21% (0.79). This will be a
barely audible difference of -1.02dB.
The biasing will remain the same.
Sniffer probe avoids
crystal loading
I have just successfully built the
Low-Cost 50MHz Frequency Meter
from the October 2003 issue (from a
Jaycar kit). May I suggest a follow up
article on using this meter, describing
probes and servicing techniques for
higher frequencies.
In conversation with Bob Young
(one of your contributors), I learnt that
Bob described the construction and
use of a “sniffer” probe for use around
radio control transmitters that allows
Phono Preamp For Surround Sound Amplifier
I recently purchased a surround
sound receiver amplifier and using
it to watch and listen to movies
and music DVDs is a real pleasure.
My request relates to the missing
phono input on the amplifier. I have
a reasonable collection of LPs that I
would like to occasionally listen to,
even if only to amaze my two sons
with the big black disks.
Do you have any plans to design
a phono preamplifier for a magnetic
cartridge which would feed a line
input on a hifi amplifier? For some
90 Silicon Chip
reason, many hifi equipment manufacturers no longer include this in
their designs and a project like this
would be fun to make and extend
the use of most modern hifi equipment. (J. C., via email).
• Three designs are relevant: the
Universal Preamplifier in April
1994; the RIAA Preamplifier in
March 2002 (these are essentially
the same circuit but have different
PC boards); and the LP Doctor (includes click suppression) in January
& February 2001.
frequency measurements to be made
without connection to the circuit under test, avoiding loading circuits that
could give an invalid reading.
Another useful probe would be an
“active” probe that would increase
both the input impedance and sensitivity, especially at the high end of the
unit’s range.
I am using a CRO probe with the
Frequency Meter but have found that
on probe setting ‘x1’ it loads the crystal
oscillator circuit in the radio control
receiver, causing it to cease operating
while on ‘x10’ the reduced sensitivity
means the meter reads “Await Signal”.
(J. K., Broulee, NSW).
• We showed how to make a sniffer
coil on page 27 of the December 2003
issue. Also you might like to look at
the active sniffer probe described in
June & September 1988.
When checking crystal oscillator circuits with a CRO probe, try connecting
it via a 1kΩ or 2.2kΩ resistor. This can
be enough to stop the probe capacitance from loading the crystal, while
still letting enough signal through to
let you make the measurement. It can
be useful when using a scope too.
Line level
switcher wanted
Has your magazine ever described a
Line Level Switcher? I have purchased
a mini stereo system and it only has
one line input and no line output. I
have a VCR, DVD, CD recorder, tape
deck and a Mini-Disc recorder; as you
can see, too many for one input.
I would like these devices to go to
the mini stereo system and also be able
to record from one device to the other.
(R. M., via email).
• Have a look at the Video Switcher
in the June 1992 issue. It can handle
A/V signals from three sources.
LEDs for an LCD
video projector
I was intrigued by your article on
human-powered LED torches in the
siliconchip.com.au
February 2004 issue. I have been contemplating building a LED-based home
LCD projector. Traditional projectors
use very expensive and hot running
lamps, necessitating special power
supplies and cooling. LEDs seem an
ideal solution, if they can be made
bright and focused enough.
Using this technology, it should
be possible to build a projector for
much less than current commercial
units. Is this something that SILICON
CHIP magazine could investigate? (J.
H., via email).
• LEDs have a very long way to go
before they can replace the halogen
lamps used in projectors. We doubt
if they will ever be bright enough for
that application.
DIY humidity sensor
for PICAXE datalogger
I was very interested to read your
project on the PICAXE Datalogger in
the February 2004 issue. I have made
enquiries about various types of sensors from some companies but have
found that they are expensive and
high end.
Do you know of any publications
for the enthusiast that explain how to
make your own sensors – eg, relative
humidity, leaf wetness, etc? (M. H.,
via email).
• We do not have any information
on DIY sensors although some clothes
dryers have a humidity sensor based
on horse hair. It may be possible to
use such a sensor although we are inclined to think that it would be fairly
imprecise in its action.
Bigger bass for
school PA system
I have a question involving a 100V
line PA system that is installed in
a school sports hall with speakers
down one side. A team wants to use
them to play up-tempo music for
warm-ups and maintaining training
intensity. As the speakers are evenly
spaced up and down the wall on one
side of the courts, evenness of volume
is OK but they lack the needed bass
punch. So I would like to install a
subwoofer that can be taken away
when not required.
Is it possible to insert a passive
subwoofer crossover directly into the
100V line, feed the high-pass signal
to the existing speakers and have the
siliconchip.com.au
Crossover Wanted For 2-Way Loudspeaker
I have recently purchased a JV-80
loudspeaker kit from Jaycar Electronics and would like to know if it
is possible to make a 2-way speaker
using one of the tweeters (D26 NC15-06) and one of the woofers (P22
WP- 01) in a 35-litre enclosure.
If so, can you tell me if it’s possible to use the crossover network
(CS-2580) supplied with the kit,
with suitable modification for a one
tweeter and one woofer combination, or do I need to use a completely
different circuit?
Also, would one of the ports recommended for the JV-80 kit (ie, 66
x 140mm) be suitable for a 35-litre
enclosure? (L. J., via email).
low-pass signal feed a 100V to 8-ohm
transformer and onto the sub? For a
100W amplifier, what size transformer
would you recommend for the sub
tap? Will different taps change the
impedance and so the crossover
frequency? Or do I need two 100V
to 8-ohm transformers; one stepping
down from 100V to ‘speaker level’,
then through the crossover and, on
the high-pass side, a second stepping
it back up to 100V?
Or is it best to have an electronic
crossover at signal level and bi-amp it
– one feeding the existing speakers and
the other feeding the sub? Is there any
problem with the sub amplifier output
being stepped up to 100V and then
back again at the subwoofer speaker?
Are there any traps for someone
who has enough knowledge to think
they know what they are doing but not
ELAN Audio
The Leading Australian Manufacturer
of Professional Broadcast Audio Equipment
•
It is certainly possible to build
a 35-litre system with one of the
woofers and a tweeter. It would
then be a 4-ohm system, which
may or may not be a problem for
your amplifier.
However, you cannot use the existing crossover since it is optimised
for an 8-ohm system. As a stopgap,
you could try connecting the woofer
right across the full signal but still
connect the tweeter via the existing
crossover components.
Nor can you just use one of the
ports as is. The enclosure needs to
be designed using a software program such as BassBox to calculate
the port size.
enough to know they actually don’t?
Being a school, cost is going to be a
factor so I’d like to go with the least
expensive option that works.
By the way, have you considered
doing an article on 100V line-distributed PA systems? Ideally the article
would at least cover the background
of why 100V and why there are 70V
and other voltage standards. (T. H.,
Calwell, ACT).
• We would not try any passive
subwoofer system. It would be better
to take the 100V signal and feed it to
a separate powered subwoofer. This
would be much easier to set up and
disconnect. You might like to have a
look at the subwoofer controller project in the December 1995 issue.
Thanks for your suggestion for an
article on PA standards, etc. We have
already briefly covered the subject in
2 Steel Court South Guildford
Western Australia 6055
Phone 08 9277 3500
Fax
08 9478 2266
email poulkirk<at>elan.com.au
www.elan.com.au
RMA-02
Studio Quality
High Power
Stereo Monitor
Amplifier
Designed for Professional Audio Monitoring during Recording and Mastering Sessions
The Perfect Power Amplifier for the 'Ultimate' Home Stereo System
For Details and Price of the RMA-02 and other Products, Please contact Elan Audio
June 2004 91
Notes & Errata
SuperCharger, November & December 2002: with some 16VAC
plugpacks, a high mains voltage
condition may cause the transient voltage suppressor (TVS1)
to conduct, blowing the fuse. To
prevent this occurring, replace the
SMCJ24A with the higher voltage
SMCJ30A (Farnell Cat. 421-3580).
Also, reduce the value of R19 from
9.1kΩ to 2.7kΩ and R20 from 1.3kΩ
to 300Ω.
A microcontroller firmware upgrade is necessary to accommodate
these changes. An updated version
(V1.1) is available from the SILICON
CHIP website.
Also, when charging six 16001800mAh cells in high ambient
temperatures, the unit may overheat. The component most at risk is
bridge rectifier (BR1). To reduce the
temperature of the bridge, replace
an article entitled Plastic Power PA
Amplifier in the March 1997 issue.
Bypass capacitors for
Multi-Spark CDI
I have a problem with the MultiSpark CDI system featured in “Electronic Projects for Cars, Volume 2”.
Here in Thailand I cannot get the 10µF
63V MKT capacitors for decoupling
the DC supply to the transformer (see
page 82, Fig.2). Is it OK to change
these to 1µF 63V MKT? (P. A., Amper
Muang, Thailand).
• 10µF capacitors must be used
rather than 1µF. These are MKT types
the KBL404 device with a GBU4D
(Farnell Cat. 330-7256). The GBU4D
has a hole in the centre that allows
attachment of a small “micro U”
style heatsink (eg, Altronics Cat.
H-0630).
Secure the heatsink to the bridge
using an M3 x 10mm screw, nut and
washer. Note that you’ll need to cut
or file off the lower left fin of the
heatsink so that it clears the AC input socket. Use heatsink compound
on all surfaces to aid heat transfer.
Note also that when in position,
the heatsink will obscure the fourth
lamp position on the rear panel, so
if you’ve yet to build the unit, omit
the fourth (innermost) lamp.
Finally, to further decrease heat
sensitivity, we recommend replacing the 2.5A polyswitch (PTC1)
with a higher current, 3A device. A
suitable replacement is the RUE300
(Farnell Cat. 608-956 or Altronics
R-4561A).
and are necessary for correct bypassing of the high frequency switching
artefacts on the DC supply. Alternatively, low-ESR 10µF 25V electrolytics
could be used.
Farnell Electronics sell these MKT
capacitors, Cat. 814-155. Refer to:
www.premierfarnell.com
Dimmer for 900W
incandescent lamp load
I have a 900W incandescent lamp
load and I wish to place a dimmer on
the circuit. The existing switch is on
a multi-gang plate so the bulky commercial dimmers are not an option.
My local electronics retailer in
Adelaide suggested using a linear pot
and a 15A Triac. I purchased these
parts along with a heatsink but I am
confident that more components are
needed. So I need a circuit diagram
and parts list to do the job. (S. H., via
email).
• A 15A Triac is not robust enough
for such a load as lamp failure will
cause the Triac to blow. Have a look at
the High Power Dimmer in the August
1994 issue.
Increased rating for
electronic load
In the 50W Electronic Load (SILICON
CHIP, September 2002), could the addition of an extra MOSFET in the output
stage increase the current capability to
20A? (B. P., Palmerston North, New
Zealand).
• Increasing the power handling capability of the electronic load (while
maintaining reliability) is a little
tricky. A second MOSFET in parallel
with the existing device will increase
power handing. However, it’s not easy
to get the two devices to share the load
equally.
In fact, we built a 100W prototype
using multiple devices but eventually had to scrap the idea, as very
large (and expensive) source resistors
were required to force equal current
sharing.
Having said that, you could try one
of these ideas: (1) use a much larger
MOSFET (such as one of the “DICE”
packaged devices); (2) try MOSFETS
specified for audio use. These are
designed for use in their linear regions, so are likely to work better in
this application; and (3) use matched
SC
MOSFETs.
WARNING!
SILICON CHIP magazine regularly describes projects which employ a mains power supply or produce high voltage.
All such projects should be considered dangerous or even lethal if not used safely. Readers are warned that high
voltage wiring should be carried out according to the instructions in the articles. When working on these projects
use extreme care to ensure that you do not accidentally come into contact with mains AC voltages or high voltage
DC. If you are not confident about working with projects employing mains voltages or other high voltages, you are
advised not to attempt work on them. Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd disclaims any liability for damages should
anyone be killed or injured while working on a project or circuit described in any issue of SILICON CHIP magazine.
Devices or circuits described in SILICON CHIP may be covered by patents. SILICON CHIP disclaims any liability
for the infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such equipment. SILICON CHIP also
disclaims any liability for projects which are used in such a way as to infringe relevant government regulations
and by-laws.
Advertisers are warned that they are responsible for the content of all advertisements and that they must conform to the Trade Practices Act 1974 or as subsequently amended and to any governmental regulations which are
applicable.
92 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
MARKET CENTRE
Cash in your surplus gear. Advertise it here in Silicon Chip.
CLASSIFIED ADVERTISING RATES
Advertising rates for this page: Classified ads: $20.00 (incl. GST) for up to 20
words plus 66 cents for each additional word. Display ads: $33.00 (incl. GST) per
column centimetre (max. 10cm). Closing date: five weeks prior to month of sale.
To run your classified ad, print it clearly in the space below or on a separate sheet
of paper, fill out the form & send it with your cheque or credit card details to: Silicon
Chip Classifieds, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097. Alternatively, fax the details
to (02) 9979 6503 or send an email to silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
Taxation Invoice ABN 49 003 205 490
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $__________ or please debit my
Bankcard Visa Card Master Card
Card No.
Signature__________________________ Card expiry date______/______
Name _____________________________________________________
Street _____________________________________________________
Suburb/town ___________________________ Postcode______________
Phone:_____________ Fax:_____________ Email:__________________
siliconchip.com.au
FOR SALE
UNIVERSAL DEVICE PROGRAMMER: Low cost, high performance,
48-pin, works in DOS or Windows incl.
NT/2000. $1100. Universal EPROM
programmer $374.00. Also adaptors,
(E)EPROM, PIC, 8051 programmers,
EPROM simulator and eraser.
Dunfield C Compilers: Everything you
need to develop C and ASM software
for 68HC08, 6809, 68HC11, 68HC12,
68HC16, 8051/52, 8080/85, 8086,
8096 or AVR: $198 each. Demo disk
available.
ImageCraft C Compilers: 32-bit
Windows IDE and compiler. For AVR,
68HC08, 68HC11, 68HC12, 68HC16.
from $330.00
Atmel Flash CPU Programmer: Handles the 89Cx051, 89C5x, 89Sxx in
both DIP and PLCC44 and some AVR’s,
most 8-pin EEPROMS. Includes socket
for serial ISP cable. $220, $11 p&p.
SOIC adaptors: 20 pin $132.00, 14 pin
$126.50, 8 pin $121.00.
Full details on web site. Credit cards
accepted.
GRANTRONICS PTY LTD, PO Box 275,
Wentworthville 2145. (02) 9896 7150 or
http://www.grantronics.com.au
PCBs MADE, ONE OR MANY. Any
format, hobbyists welcome. Sesame
Electronics (02) 9593 1025.
sesame777<at>optusnet.com.au
http://sesame_elec.tripod.com
MAGGYLAMPS: We have a full range of
magnifying lamps, ex-stock, Australianmade and imported. Ask for catalogue.
Ph 1300 788 239.
VALVE TESTER: would the person
from NSW who answered my ad in the
February issue please contact me again.
Lost contact data. Alan 03 9460 3091.
RCS RADIO/DESIGN is at 41 Arlewis
St, Chester Hill 2162, NSW Australia
and has all the published PC boards
from SC, EA, ETI, HE, AEM & others.
Ph (02) 9738 0330. sales<at>rcsradio.
com.au, www.rcsradio.com.au
June 2004 93
New New New
Mark22-SM
Slimline Mini FM R/C Receiver
•
•
•
•
•
Satellite TV Reception
International satellite
TV reception in your
home is now affordable.
Send for your free info
pack containing equipment catalog, satellite lists, etc or call
for appointment to view. We can display
all satellites from 76.5° to 180°.
AV-COMM P/L, 24/9 Powells Rd,
Brookvale, NSW 2100.
Tel: 02 9939 4377 or 9939 4378.
Fax: 9939 4376; www.avcomm.com.au
6 Channels
10kHz frequency separation
Size: 55 x 23 x 20mm
Weight: 25gm
Modular Construction
Price: $A129.50 with crystal
JACKSON
BROS
JACKSON OF THE UK IS BACK
Highest quality products made by
UK Craftsmen
Electronics
PO Box 580, Riverwood, NSW 2210.
Ph/Fax (02) 9533 3517
email: youngbob<at>silvertone.com.au
Website: www.silvertone.com.au
Coax Cable &
Connectors
Variable and trimmer capacitors, reduction
drives, dials, ceramic stand-offs
Cable
OD (mm)
dB/m 150 MHz
2400 MHz
$/m
N-Type
RPSMA or
RGTNC
Pigtails
Web:
Email:
Tel:
CFD-200
5
0.130
0.550
$2.50
($1.50 *)
CHARLES I COOKSON PTY LTD
GPO BOX 812, ADELAIDE, SA 5001
Tel: (08) 8235 0744 Fax: (08) 8356 3652
FreeFax: 1800 673355 (Within Australia)
Email: jackson<at>homeplanet.com.au
ALL MAJOR CREDIT CARDS ACCEPTED
SOLE AGENTS FOR AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND
CFD-400
10
0.050
0.220
$4.00
($2.00 *)
Connectors
$7.00
$7.00
($3.00 *)
($4.00 *)
$10.00
n/a
($5.00 *)
email
* = bulk price
www.freenet-antennas.com
sales<at>freenet-antennas.com
+61 (8) 9319 1720
MINIWATT TECHNICAL DATA VALVES
BOOK and valves 6BM8 12AX7 12AU7
6U8 6DX8 and more $120.00 the lot.
Ben 03 5775 1174.
USB KITS: Stepper Motor Controller,
USB PIO Interface, DTMF Transceiver,
Thermometer, DDS HF Generator,
94 Silicon Chip
The Most Flexible Development board around. Based on the
PIC16F877. The development board can be used with a wide
variety of PIC Micros including the PIC18F452. Adaptors
avaliable to use the 8, 18, 28-pin PIC Micros. ICD 2 connector
allows In-circuit programming / Debugging with Microchip’s
ICD2. Uncommited I/O ports allow for your own connection
configuration to each device and also to external circuits.
Onboard parallel port programmer allows programming of the PIC while still connected to the circuits. Other
optional extras available.Connection to each circuit module or
extrenal circuit is made via 10-way IDC cables provided.
The possibilities are endless.
Student/School discounts available.
For more information . . .
Visit: www.microbyte.com.au
Phone: (03) 9378 4288
Email: info<at>microbyte.com.au
Full range now available off the shelf in Australia
CATALOGUES AND PRICE LISTS NOW AVAILABLE
Type
Development / Training Board
For the PIC Micro
Compass, 4-Channel Voltmeter, I/O
Relay Card. Also available: Digital Oscilloscope, Temperature Loggers, VHF
Receivers and USB Active X (and USBDOS.exe file) to control our kits from
your application.
www.ar.com.au/~softmark
sPlan Windows electronic schematic
software and Sprint Layout Windows
PCB layout software are feature packed
but low in price.
Pixel Programmable Controller with 4
analog inputs, 8 digital inputs and 8 relay
outputs. Can use a 28A or 28X Picaxe.
Programmed in Basic or Flow chart.
Labjack USB Data Acquisition Mod-
& MADE TO ORDER PCBs
For more details: www.acetronics.com.au
Phone (02) 9600 6832
email: acetronics<at>acetronics.com.au
ule features 8 12bit analog inputs, 20
digital I/O, 2 analog outputs and high
speed counter. Free software, Labview
driver and ActiveX component.
DAS005 Parallel Port Data Acquisition Module features 8 12bit Analog
inputs, 4 Digital I/Ps & 4 Digital O/Ps.
Free windows software and source code.
Dual Relay Modules suitable for TTL
and Open Collector Outputs.
Programmers for Atmel and PIC microcontrollers.
Stepper Motor and Servo Motor controller kits.
Switch Mode and Linear Power Supplies and DC-DC convertors.
Full details and credit card ordering available at: www.oceancontrols.com.au
S-Video . . . Video . . . Audio . . . VGA
distribution amps, splitters, standards
converters, tbc’s, switchers, cables, etc,
& price list: www.questronix.com.au
WEATHER STATIONS: windspeed &
direction, inside temperature, outside
temperature & windchill. Records highs
& lows with time and date as they occur.
siliconchip.com.au
Do You Eat, Breathe and Sleep Technology?
Management & Sales Positions
We are a rapidly growing, Australian-owned international retailer with more than 30 stores in
Australia and we have a growing expansion program to open many more, so we need dedicated individuals to join our team to help achieve our goals.
If you are customer focused, have an eye for detail, empathy for the products we sell and have
an interest or qualifications in electronics, we want to meet you.
Career opportunities with full training are available now if you have the drive and ambition to
make your future with Jaycar.
We offer a competitive salary, sales commission and many other benefits. To apply for these
positions please send your C.V. indicating the role you are interested in to the address shown
below.
Retail Operations Manager
Jaycar Electronics Pty. Ltd.
P.O. Box 6424
Silverwater NSW 1811
Fax: (02) 9741-8500
Email: jobs<at>jaycar.com.au
Advertising Index
Acetronics....................................94
Jaycar Electronics is
an equal opportunity
employer and actively
promotes staff from
within the organisation.
Altronics................................. 68-70
ATA...............................................83
Av-Comm.....................................94
Carba-Tec Tools...........................95
Dick Smith Electronics........... 20-23
Eco Watch....................................95
Elan Audio....................................91
Elexol...........................................57
FreeNet Antennas........................94
Gadget Central...........................IFC
Grantronics...................................93
Foam surrounds,voice coils,cones and more
Original parts for Dynaudio,Tannoy and others
Expert speaker repairs – 20 years experience
Australian agents for
products
Trade welcome – email for your user ID
Phone (03) 9682 2487
speakerbits.com.au
Building speaker boxes? Mounting
electrical components onto solid
timber? You may need the Carba–tecTOOLS FOR WOOD catalogue!!
We have Australia’s largest range
of woodworking handtools & machinery. Please contact us for your
FREE 220 page colour catalogue or
come in & see us at:
113 STATION RD, AUBURN 2144
NEW
ADDRESS!
PH: 9648 6446; FAX 9648 6443; www.carbatec.com.au
Amazing LEDs at amazing prices!
• Superbright 5mm LEDs from $0.35 each
• 2-chip, 5mm, 40mA megabrights from $1.10 each
• 4-chip, 80mA megabrights from $1.25 each
LED torches • pet flashers • lithium batteries • other stuff
www.ledsales.com.au
TAIG MACHINERY
Micro Mini Lathes and Mills
From $489.00
Harbuch Electronics.....................79
Hy-Q International........................81
Instant PCBs................................95
Jackson Bros................................94
Jaycar .......................... 45-52,81,95
JED Microprocessors................5,81
Kalex............................................77
MicroByte Electronics...................94
Microgram Computers....................3
MicroZed Computers....................58
Newtek Sales...............................57
Oatley Electronics..........................7
Ozitronics.....................................83
Prime Electronics.........................19
Quest Electronics....................81,94
RCS Radio...................................96
Optional rainfall and PC interface. Used
by government departments, farmers,
pilots and weather enthusiasts. Other
models with barometric pressure, humidity, dew point, solar radiation, UV,
leaf wetness, etc. Just phone, fax or write
for our FREE catalog and price list. Eco
Watch phone: (03) 9761 7040; fax: (03)
9761 7050; Unit 5, 17 Southfork Drive,
Kilsyth, Vic. 3137. ABN 63 006 399 480.
KITS KITS AND MORE KITS! Check
’em out at www.ozitronics.com
KIT ASSEMBLY
NEVILLE WALKER KIT ASSEMBLY
& REPAIR:
• Australia wide service
• Small production runs
• Specialist “one-off” applications
Phone Neville Walker (07) 3857 2752
Email: flashdog<at>optusnet.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
RF Probes....................................77
Stepper motors: 200 oz in $89.00, 330 oz in $110.00
Digital verniers: 150mm $55.00, 200mm $65.00
59 Gilmore Crescent
(02) 6281 5660
Garran ACT 2605
0412269707
Silicon Chip Binders.....................33
Silicon Chip Bookshop..........96,IBC
SC Car Projects Book..............OBC
Silicon Chip Subscriptions...........53
Silicon Chip
Silvertone Electronics..................94
Do you have a good circuit
idea? If so, sketch it out, write a
brief description of its operation
& send it to us. Provided your
idea is workable & original, we’ll
publish it in Circuit Notebook
& you’ll make some money. We
pay up to $60 for a good circuit
so send your idea to:
Taig Machinery.............................95
Circuit Ideas Wanted
Silicon Chip Publications,
PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
Soundlabs Group.........................81
SPLat Controls.............................75
Telelink Communications.............81
WIA..............................................81
____________________________
PC Boards
Printed circuit boards for SILICON
CHIP projects are made by:
RCS Radio Pty Ltd. Phone (02) 9738
0330. Fax (02) 9738 0334.
June 2004 95
ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT,
OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A
REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE
DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES.
CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions)
SILICON
For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all
SELF ON AUDIO
Multiple authors $85.00
The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years,
combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their
programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages.
PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE
PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00*
A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE
See
series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and
Review
April
advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a
copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011
PIC IN PRACTICE
by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00*
by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00*
A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every
point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters,
hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback.
SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN
By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00*
The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio
designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to
component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly
recommended. 558 pages in paperback.
Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students
and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the
world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback.
PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00*
A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students,
teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely
on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages
in paperback.
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK
by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00*
"The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and
updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three
chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and
Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book
for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps,
you want this one! 463 pages in paperback.
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES
by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00*
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE
By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00*
This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't
have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language
but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the
practical. 281 pages,
A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus
on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for
engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and
sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback.
by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00
Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring
EMI in switching power supplies.
Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful
PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common,
real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes
source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback.
By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00
Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost
satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up
a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered
in this 176-page paperback book.
See
Review
Feb
2004
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z
PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS
IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00*
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV
See
Review
March
2010
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES
By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00*
This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or
formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC
permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and
gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these
motors. Soft covers, 444 pages.
NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00
It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is
ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP,
Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback.
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00*
The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important
that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use
there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a
very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback.
AC MACHINES
By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00*
Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines,
NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor
Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160
pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES &
POWER ELECTRONICS
Se
e
by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review
An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes
to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors.
286 pages in soft cover.
Feb
2003
BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK
by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00*
by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00*
A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts.
Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines,
couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and
receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback.
Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with
the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions
for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined
scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover.
*NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK
To
Place
Your
Order:
INTERNET (24/7)
PAYPAL (24/7)
eMAIL (24/7)
www.siliconchip.
com.au/Shop/Books
Use your PayPal account
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
with order & credit card details
FAX (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
Your order and card details to Your order to PO Box 139
Collaroy NSW 2097
(02) 9939 2648 with all details
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
Call (02) 9939 3295 with
with order & credit card details
You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications.
ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT,
OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A
REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE
DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES.
CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions)
SILICON
For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all
SELF ON AUDIO
Multiple authors $85.00
The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years,
combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their
programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages.
PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE
PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00*
A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE
See
series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and
Review
April
advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a
copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011
PIC IN PRACTICE
by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00*
by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00*
A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every
point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters,
hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback.
SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN
By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00*
The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio
designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to
component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly
recommended. 558 pages in paperback.
Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students
and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the
world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback.
PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00*
A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students,
teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely
on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages
in paperback.
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK
by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00*
"The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and
updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three
chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and
Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book
for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps,
you want this one! 463 pages in paperback.
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES
by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00*
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE
By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00*
This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't
have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language
but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the
practical. 281 pages,
A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus
on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for
engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and
sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback.
by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00
Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring
EMI in switching power supplies.
Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful
PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common,
real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes
source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback.
By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00
Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost
satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up
a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered
in this 176-page paperback book.
See
Review
Feb
2004
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z
PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS
IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00*
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV
See
Review
March
2010
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES
By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00*
This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or
formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC
permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and
gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these
motors. Soft covers, 444 pages.
NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00
It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is
ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP,
Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback.
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00*
The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important
that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use
there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a
very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback.
AC MACHINES
By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00*
Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines,
NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor
Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160
pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES &
POWER ELECTRONICS
Se
e
by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review
An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes
to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors.
286 pages in soft cover.
Feb
2003
BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK
by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00*
by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00*
A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts.
Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines,
couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and
receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback.
Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with
the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions
for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined
scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover.
*NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK
To
Place
Your
Order:
INTERNET (24/7)
PAYPAL (24/7)
eMAIL (24/7)
www.siliconchip.
com.au/Shop/Books
Use your PayPal account
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
with order & credit card details
FAX (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
Your order and card details to Your order to PO Box 139
Collaroy NSW 2097
(02) 9939 2648 with all details
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
Call (02) 9939 3295 with
with order & credit card details
You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications.
ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
|